rdelaage
/
postgresql
mirror of https://git.postgresql.org/git/postgresql.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
postgresql/src/backend/commands/typecmds.c

2944 lines
84 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* typecmds.c
* Routines for SQL commands that manipulate types (and domains).
*
Stamp copyrights for year 2011.
2011-01-01 19:18:15 +01:00
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2011, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
Remove cvs keywords from all files.
2010-09-20 22:08:53 +02:00
* src/backend/commands/typecmds.c
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
*
* DESCRIPTION
* The "DefineFoo" routines take the parse tree and pick out the
* appropriate arguments/flags, passing the results to the
* corresponding "FooDefine" routines (in src/catalog) that do
* the actual catalog-munging. These routines also verify permission
* of the user to execute the command.
*
* NOTES
* These things must be defined and committed in the following order:
* "create function":
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
* input/output, recv/send functions
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
* "create type":
* type
* "create operator":
* operators
*
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "postgres.h"
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
#include "access/genam.h"
Alphabetically order reference to include files, "S"-"Z".
2006-07-11 20:26:11 +02:00
#include "access/heapam.h"
Allow include files to compile own their own. Strip unused include files out unused include files, and add needed includes to C files. The next step is to remove unused include files in C files.
2006-07-13 18:49:20 +02:00
#include "access/xact.h"
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
#include "catalog/catalog.h"
Second phase of committing Rod Taylor's pg_depend/pg_constraint patch. pg_relcheck is gone; CHECK, UNIQUE, PRIMARY KEY, and FOREIGN KEY constraints all have real live entries in pg_constraint. pg_depend exists, and RESTRICT/CASCADE options work on most kinds of DROP; however, pg_depend is not yet very well populated with dependencies. (Most of the ones that are present at this point just replace formerly hardwired associations, such as the implicit drop of a relation's pg_type entry when the relation is dropped.) Need to add more logic to create dependency entries, improve pg_dump to dump constraints in place of indexes and triggers, and add some regression tests.
2002-07-12 20:43:19 +02:00
#include "catalog/dependency.h"
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
#include "catalog/heap.h"
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
#include "catalog/indexing.h"
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_collation.h"
Add DOMAIN check constraints. Rod Taylor
2002-11-15 03:50:21 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_constraint.h"
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_depend.h"
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
#include "catalog/pg_enum.h"
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
#include "catalog/pg_namespace.h"
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
Reduce the need for frontend programs to include "postgres.h" by refactoring inclusions in src/include/catalog/*.h files. The main idea here is to push function declarations for src/backend/catalog/*.c files into separate headers, rather than sticking them into the corresponding catalog definition file as has been done in the past. This commit only carries out that idea fully for pg_proc, pg_type and pg_conversion, but that's enough for the moment --- if pg_list.h ever becomes unsafe for frontend code to include, we'll need to work a bit more. Zdenek Kotala
2008-03-27 04:57:34 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_type_fn.h"
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
#include "commands/defrem.h"
Tom Lane wrote: > There's no longer a separate call to heap_storage_create in that routine > --- the right place to make the test is now in the storage_create > boolean parameter being passed to heap_create. A simple change, but > it passeth patch's understanding ... Thanks. Attached is a patch against cvs tip as of 8:30 PM PST or so. Turned out that even after fixing the failed hunks, there was a new spot in bufmgr.c which needed to be fixed (related to temp relations; RelationUpdateNumberOfBlocks). But thankfully the regression test code caught it :-) Joe Conway
2002-08-15 18:36:08 +02:00
#include "commands/tablecmds.h"
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
#include "commands/typecmds.h"
#include "executor/executor.h"
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
#include "miscadmin.h"
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
#include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
Arrange for function default arguments to be processed properly in expressions that are set up for execution with ExecPrepareExpr rather than going through the full planner process. By introducing an explicit notion of "expression planning", this patch also lays a bit of groundwork for maybe someday allowing sub-selects in standalone expressions.
2009-01-09 16:46:11 +01:00
#include "optimizer/planner.h"
Add DOMAIN check constraints. Rod Taylor
2002-11-15 03:50:21 +01:00
#include "optimizer/var.h"
#include "parser/parse_coerce.h"
#include "parser/parse_expr.h"
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
#include "parser/parse_func.h"
#include "parser/parse_type.h"
#include "utils/acl.h"
#include "utils/builtins.h"
#include "utils/fmgroids.h"
Restructure aclcheck error reporting to make permission-failure messages more uniform and internationalizable: the global array aclcheck_error_strings[] is gone in favor of a subroutine aclcheck_error(). Partial implementation of namespace-related permission checks --- not all done yet.
2002-04-27 05:45:03 +02:00
#include "utils/lsyscache.h"
For some reason access/tupmacs.h has been #including utils/memutils.h, which is neither needed by nor related to that header. Remove the bogus inclusion and instead include the header in those C files that actually need it. Also fix unnecessary inclusions and bad inclusion order in tsearch2 files.
2005-05-06 19:24:55 +02:00
#include "utils/memutils.h"
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
#include "utils/syscache.h"
Move the HTSU_Result enum definition into snapshot.h, to avoid including tqual.h into heapam.h. This makes all inclusion of tqual.h explicit. I also sorted alphabetically the includes on some source files.
2008-03-26 22:10:39 +01:00
#include "utils/tqual.h"
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
/* result structure for get_rels_with_domain() */
typedef struct
{
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Relation rel; /* opened and locked relation */
int natts; /* number of attributes of interest */
int *atts; /* attribute numbers */
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
/* atts[] is of allocated length RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(rel) */
Another pgindent run with updated typedefs.
2003-08-08 23:42:59 +02:00
} RelToCheck;
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
Improve C comments about backend variables set by pg_upgrade_support functions.
2011-01-07 04:44:57 +01:00
/* Potentially set by contrib/pg_upgrade_support functions */
Force pg_upgrade's to preserve pg_class.oid, not pg_class.relfilenode. Toast tables have identical pg_class.oid and pg_class.relfilenode, but for clarity it is good to preserve the pg_class.oid. Update comments regarding what is preserved, and do some variable/function renaming for clarity.
2011-01-08 03:25:34 +01:00
Oid binary_upgrade_next_array_pg_type_oid = InvalidOid;
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
static Oid findTypeInputFunction(List *procname, Oid typeOid);
static Oid findTypeOutputFunction(List *procname, Oid typeOid);
static Oid findTypeReceiveFunction(List *procname, Oid typeOid);
static Oid findTypeSendFunction(List *procname, Oid typeOid);
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
static Oid findTypeTypmodinFunction(List *procname);
static Oid findTypeTypmodoutFunction(List *procname);
Add hooks for type-specific calculation of ANALYZE statistics. Idea and coding by Mark Cave-Ayland, some kibitzing by Tom Lane. initdb forced due to new column in pg_type.
2004-02-13 00:41:04 +01:00
static Oid findTypeAnalyzeFunction(List *procname, Oid typeOid);
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
static List *get_rels_with_domain(Oid domainOid, LOCKMODE lockmode);
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
static void checkDomainOwner(HeapTuple tup);
static void checkEnumOwner(HeapTuple tup);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
static char *domainAddConstraint(Oid domainOid, Oid domainNamespace,
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Oid baseTypeOid,
int typMod, Constraint *constr,
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
char *domainName);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/*
* DefineType
Require superuser privilege to create base types (but not composites, enums, or domains). This was already effectively required because you had to own the I/O functions, and the I/O functions pretty much have to be written in C since we don't let PL functions take or return cstring. But given the possible security consequences of a malicious type definition, it seems prudent to enforce superuser requirement directly. Per recent discussion.
2008-07-31 18:27:16 +02:00
* Registers a new base type.
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
*/
void
DefineType(List *names, List *parameters)
{
char *typeName;
Oid typeNamespace;
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
int16 internalLength = -1; /* default: variable-length */
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
List *inputName = NIL;
List *outputName = NIL;
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
List *receiveName = NIL;
List *sendName = NIL;
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
List *typmodinName = NIL;
List *typmodoutName = NIL;
Add hooks for type-specific calculation of ANALYZE statistics. Idea and coding by Mark Cave-Ayland, some kibitzing by Tom Lane. initdb forced due to new column in pg_type.
2004-02-13 00:41:04 +01:00
List *analyzeName = NIL;
Replace the hard-wired type knowledge in TypeCategory() and IsPreferredType() with system catalog lookups, as was foreseen to be necessary almost since their creation. Instead put the information into two new pg_type columns, typcategory and typispreferred. Add support for setting these when creating a user-defined base type. The category column is just a "char" (i.e. a poor man's enum), allowing a crude form of user extensibility of the category list: just use an otherwise-unused character. This seems sufficient for foreseen uses, but we could upgrade to having an actual category catalog someday, if there proves to be a huge demand for custom type categories. In this patch I have attempted to hew exactly to the behavior of the previous hardwired logic, except for introducing new type categories for arrays, composites, and enums. In particular the default preferred state for user-defined types remains TRUE. That seems worth revisiting, but it should be done as a separate patch from introducing the infrastructure. Likewise, any adjustment of the standard set of categories should be done separately.
2008-07-30 19:05:05 +02:00
char category = TYPCATEGORY_USER;
Flip the default typispreferred setting from true to false. This affects only type categories in which the previous coding made *every* type preferred; so there is no change in effective behavior, because the function resolution rules only do something different when faced with a choice between preferred and non-preferred types in the same category. It just seems safer and less surprising to have CREATE TYPE default to non-preferred status ...
2008-07-30 21:35:13 +02:00
bool preferred = false;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
char delimiter = DEFAULT_TYPDELIM;
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
Oid elemType = InvalidOid;
char *defaultValue = NULL;
bool byValue = false;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
char alignment = 'i'; /* default alignment */
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
char storage = 'p'; /* default TOAST storage method */
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
Oid collation = InvalidOid;
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
DefElem *likeTypeEl = NULL;
DefElem *internalLengthEl = NULL;
DefElem *inputNameEl = NULL;
DefElem *outputNameEl = NULL;
DefElem *receiveNameEl = NULL;
DefElem *sendNameEl = NULL;
DefElem *typmodinNameEl = NULL;
DefElem *typmodoutNameEl = NULL;
DefElem *analyzeNameEl = NULL;
DefElem *categoryEl = NULL;
DefElem *preferredEl = NULL;
DefElem *delimiterEl = NULL;
DefElem *elemTypeEl = NULL;
DefElem *defaultValueEl = NULL;
DefElem *byValueEl = NULL;
DefElem *alignmentEl = NULL;
DefElem *storageEl = NULL;
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
DefElem *collatableEl = NULL;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Oid inputOid;
Oid outputOid;
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
Oid receiveOid = InvalidOid;
Oid sendOid = InvalidOid;
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
Oid typmodinOid = InvalidOid;
Oid typmodoutOid = InvalidOid;
Add hooks for type-specific calculation of ANALYZE statistics. Idea and coding by Mark Cave-Ayland, some kibitzing by Tom Lane. initdb forced due to new column in pg_type.
2004-02-13 00:41:04 +01:00
Oid analyzeOid = InvalidOid;
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
char *array_type;
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
Oid array_oid;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Oid typoid;
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
Oid resulttype;
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
ListCell *pl;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Require superuser privilege to create base types (but not composites, enums, or domains). This was already effectively required because you had to own the I/O functions, and the I/O functions pretty much have to be written in C since we don't let PL functions take or return cstring. But given the possible security consequences of a malicious type definition, it seems prudent to enforce superuser requirement directly. Per recent discussion.
2008-07-31 18:27:16 +02:00
/*
* As of Postgres 8.4, we require superuser privilege to create a base
* type. This is simple paranoia: there are too many ways to mess up the
* system with an incorrect type definition (for instance, representation
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
* parameters that don't match what the C code expects). In practice it
* takes superuser privilege to create the I/O functions, and so the
Require superuser privilege to create base types (but not composites, enums, or domains). This was already effectively required because you had to own the I/O functions, and the I/O functions pretty much have to be written in C since we don't let PL functions take or return cstring. But given the possible security consequences of a malicious type definition, it seems prudent to enforce superuser requirement directly. Per recent discussion.
2008-07-31 18:27:16 +02:00
* former requirement that you own the I/O functions pretty much forced
* superuserness anyway. We're just making doubly sure here.
*
* XXX re-enable NOT_USED code sections below if you remove this test.
*/
if (!superuser())
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
errmsg("must be superuser to create a base type")));
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/* Convert list of names to a name and namespace */
typeNamespace = QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(names, &typeName);
Require superuser privilege to create base types (but not composites, enums, or domains). This was already effectively required because you had to own the I/O functions, and the I/O functions pretty much have to be written in C since we don't let PL functions take or return cstring. But given the possible security consequences of a malicious type definition, it seems prudent to enforce superuser requirement directly. Per recent discussion.
2008-07-31 18:27:16 +02:00
#ifdef NOT_USED
/* XXX this is unnecessary given the superuser check above */
Restructure aclcheck error reporting to make permission-failure messages more uniform and internationalizable: the global array aclcheck_error_strings[] is gone in favor of a subroutine aclcheck_error(). Partial implementation of namespace-related permission checks --- not all done yet.
2002-04-27 05:45:03 +02:00
/* Check we have creation rights in target namespace */
aclresult = pg_namespace_aclcheck(typeNamespace, GetUserId(), ACL_CREATE);
if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
Adjust 'permission denied' messages to be more useful and consistent.
2003-08-01 02:15:26 +02:00
aclcheck_error(aclresult, ACL_KIND_NAMESPACE,
get_namespace_name(typeNamespace));
Require superuser privilege to create base types (but not composites, enums, or domains). This was already effectively required because you had to own the I/O functions, and the I/O functions pretty much have to be written in C since we don't let PL functions take or return cstring. But given the possible security consequences of a malicious type definition, it seems prudent to enforce superuser requirement directly. Per recent discussion.
2008-07-31 18:27:16 +02:00
#endif
Restructure aclcheck error reporting to make permission-failure messages more uniform and internationalizable: the global array aclcheck_error_strings[] is gone in favor of a subroutine aclcheck_error(). Partial implementation of namespace-related permission checks --- not all done yet.
2002-04-27 05:45:03 +02:00
Allow the syntax CREATE TYPE foo, with no parameters, to permit explicit creation of a shell type. This allows a less hacky way of dealing with the mutual dependency between a datatype and its I/O functions: make a shell type, then make the functions, then define the datatype fully. We should fix pg_dump to handle things this way, but this commit just deals with the backend. Martijn van Oosterhout, with some corrections by Tom Lane.
2006-02-28 23:37:27 +01:00
/*
* Look to see if type already exists (presumably as a shell; if not,
Fix the problem that creating a user-defined type named _foo, followed by one named foo, would work but the other ordering would not. If a user-specified type or table name collides with an existing auto-generated array name, just rename the array type out of the way by prepending more underscores. This should not create any backward-compatibility issues, since the cases in which this will happen would have failed outright in prior releases. Also fix an oversight in the arrays-of-composites patch: ALTER TABLE RENAME renamed the table's rowtype but not its array type.
2007-05-12 02:55:00 +02:00
* TypeCreate will complain).
Allow the syntax CREATE TYPE foo, with no parameters, to permit explicit creation of a shell type. This allows a less hacky way of dealing with the mutual dependency between a datatype and its I/O functions: make a shell type, then make the functions, then define the datatype fully. We should fix pg_dump to handle things this way, but this commit just deals with the backend. Martijn van Oosterhout, with some corrections by Tom Lane.
2006-02-28 23:37:27 +01:00
*/
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
typoid = GetSysCacheOid2(TYPENAMENSP,
CStringGetDatum(typeName),
ObjectIdGetDatum(typeNamespace));
Fix the problem that creating a user-defined type named _foo, followed by one named foo, would work but the other ordering would not. If a user-specified type or table name collides with an existing auto-generated array name, just rename the array type out of the way by prepending more underscores. This should not create any backward-compatibility issues, since the cases in which this will happen would have failed outright in prior releases. Also fix an oversight in the arrays-of-composites patch: ALTER TABLE RENAME renamed the table's rowtype but not its array type.
2007-05-12 02:55:00 +02:00
/*
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* If it's not a shell, see if it's an autogenerated array type, and if so
* rename it out of the way.
Fix the problem that creating a user-defined type named _foo, followed by one named foo, would work but the other ordering would not. If a user-specified type or table name collides with an existing auto-generated array name, just rename the array type out of the way by prepending more underscores. This should not create any backward-compatibility issues, since the cases in which this will happen would have failed outright in prior releases. Also fix an oversight in the arrays-of-composites patch: ALTER TABLE RENAME renamed the table's rowtype but not its array type.
2007-05-12 02:55:00 +02:00
*/
if (OidIsValid(typoid) && get_typisdefined(typoid))
{
if (moveArrayTypeName(typoid, typeName, typeNamespace))
typoid = InvalidOid;
}
/*
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* If it doesn't exist, create it as a shell, so that the OID is known for
* use in the I/O function definitions.
Fix the problem that creating a user-defined type named _foo, followed by one named foo, would work but the other ordering would not. If a user-specified type or table name collides with an existing auto-generated array name, just rename the array type out of the way by prepending more underscores. This should not create any backward-compatibility issues, since the cases in which this will happen would have failed outright in prior releases. Also fix an oversight in the arrays-of-composites patch: ALTER TABLE RENAME renamed the table's rowtype but not its array type.
2007-05-12 02:55:00 +02:00
*/
Allow the syntax CREATE TYPE foo, with no parameters, to permit explicit creation of a shell type. This allows a less hacky way of dealing with the mutual dependency between a datatype and its I/O functions: make a shell type, then make the functions, then define the datatype fully. We should fix pg_dump to handle things this way, but this commit just deals with the backend. Martijn van Oosterhout, with some corrections by Tom Lane.
2006-02-28 23:37:27 +01:00
if (!OidIsValid(typoid))
{
Repair a longstanding bug in CLUSTER and the rewriting variants of ALTER TABLE: if the command is executed by someone other than the table owner (eg, a superuser) and the table has a toast table, the toast table's pg_type row ends up with the wrong typowner, ie, the command issuer not the table owner. This is quite harmless for most purposes, since no interesting permissions checks consult the pg_type row. However, it could lead to unexpected failures if one later tries to drop the role that issued the command (in 8.1 or 8.2), or strange warnings from pg_dump afterwards (in 8.3 and up, which will allow the DROP ROLE because we don't create a "redundant" owner dependency for table rowtypes). Problem identified by Cott Lang. Back-patch to 8.1. The problem is actually far older --- the CLUSTER variant can be demonstrated in 7.0 --- but it's mostly cosmetic before 8.1 because we didn't track ownership dependencies before 8.1. Also, fixing it before 8.1 would require changing the call signature of heap_create_with_catalog(), which seems to carry a nontrivial risk of breaking add-on modules.
2009-02-24 02:38:10 +01:00
typoid = TypeShellMake(typeName, typeNamespace, GetUserId());
Allow the syntax CREATE TYPE foo, with no parameters, to permit explicit creation of a shell type. This allows a less hacky way of dealing with the mutual dependency between a datatype and its I/O functions: make a shell type, then make the functions, then define the datatype fully. We should fix pg_dump to handle things this way, but this commit just deals with the backend. Martijn van Oosterhout, with some corrections by Tom Lane.
2006-02-28 23:37:27 +01:00
/* Make new shell type visible for modification below */
CommandCounterIncrement();
/*
* If the command was a parameterless CREATE TYPE, we're done ---
* creating the shell type was all we're supposed to do.
*/
if (parameters == NIL)
return;
}
else
{
/* Complain if dummy CREATE TYPE and entry already exists */
if (parameters == NIL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
errmsg("type \"%s\" already exists", typeName)));
}
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
/* Extract the parameters from the parameter list */
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
foreach(pl, parameters)
{
DefElem *defel = (DefElem *) lfirst(pl);
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
DefElem **defelp;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
if (pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "like") == 0)
defelp = &likeTypeEl;
else if (pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "internallength") == 0)
defelp = &internalLengthEl;
Solve the 'Turkish problem' with undesirable locale behavior for case conversion of basic ASCII letters. Remove all uses of strcasecmp and strncasecmp in favor of new functions pg_strcasecmp and pg_strncasecmp; remove most but not all direct uses of toupper and tolower in favor of pg_toupper and pg_tolower. These functions use the same notions of case folding already developed for identifier case conversion. I left the straight locale-based folding in place for situations where we are just manipulating user data and not trying to match it to built-in strings --- for example, the SQL upper() function is still locale dependent. Perhaps this will prove not to be what's wanted, but at the moment we can initdb and pass regression tests in Turkish locale.
2004-05-07 02:24:59 +02:00
else if (pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "input") == 0)
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
defelp = &inputNameEl;
Solve the 'Turkish problem' with undesirable locale behavior for case conversion of basic ASCII letters. Remove all uses of strcasecmp and strncasecmp in favor of new functions pg_strcasecmp and pg_strncasecmp; remove most but not all direct uses of toupper and tolower in favor of pg_toupper and pg_tolower. These functions use the same notions of case folding already developed for identifier case conversion. I left the straight locale-based folding in place for situations where we are just manipulating user data and not trying to match it to built-in strings --- for example, the SQL upper() function is still locale dependent. Perhaps this will prove not to be what's wanted, but at the moment we can initdb and pass regression tests in Turkish locale.
2004-05-07 02:24:59 +02:00
else if (pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "output") == 0)
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
defelp = &outputNameEl;
Solve the 'Turkish problem' with undesirable locale behavior for case conversion of basic ASCII letters. Remove all uses of strcasecmp and strncasecmp in favor of new functions pg_strcasecmp and pg_strncasecmp; remove most but not all direct uses of toupper and tolower in favor of pg_toupper and pg_tolower. These functions use the same notions of case folding already developed for identifier case conversion. I left the straight locale-based folding in place for situations where we are just manipulating user data and not trying to match it to built-in strings --- for example, the SQL upper() function is still locale dependent. Perhaps this will prove not to be what's wanted, but at the moment we can initdb and pass regression tests in Turkish locale.
2004-05-07 02:24:59 +02:00
else if (pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "receive") == 0)
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
defelp = &receiveNameEl;
Solve the 'Turkish problem' with undesirable locale behavior for case conversion of basic ASCII letters. Remove all uses of strcasecmp and strncasecmp in favor of new functions pg_strcasecmp and pg_strncasecmp; remove most but not all direct uses of toupper and tolower in favor of pg_toupper and pg_tolower. These functions use the same notions of case folding already developed for identifier case conversion. I left the straight locale-based folding in place for situations where we are just manipulating user data and not trying to match it to built-in strings --- for example, the SQL upper() function is still locale dependent. Perhaps this will prove not to be what's wanted, but at the moment we can initdb and pass regression tests in Turkish locale.
2004-05-07 02:24:59 +02:00
else if (pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "send") == 0)
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
defelp = &sendNameEl;
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
else if (pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "typmod_in") == 0)
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
defelp = &typmodinNameEl;
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
else if (pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "typmod_out") == 0)
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
defelp = &typmodoutNameEl;
Solve the 'Turkish problem' with undesirable locale behavior for case conversion of basic ASCII letters. Remove all uses of strcasecmp and strncasecmp in favor of new functions pg_strcasecmp and pg_strncasecmp; remove most but not all direct uses of toupper and tolower in favor of pg_toupper and pg_tolower. These functions use the same notions of case folding already developed for identifier case conversion. I left the straight locale-based folding in place for situations where we are just manipulating user data and not trying to match it to built-in strings --- for example, the SQL upper() function is still locale dependent. Perhaps this will prove not to be what's wanted, but at the moment we can initdb and pass regression tests in Turkish locale.
2004-05-07 02:24:59 +02:00
else if (pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "analyze") == 0 ||
pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "analyse") == 0)
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
defelp = &analyzeNameEl;
Replace the hard-wired type knowledge in TypeCategory() and IsPreferredType() with system catalog lookups, as was foreseen to be necessary almost since their creation. Instead put the information into two new pg_type columns, typcategory and typispreferred. Add support for setting these when creating a user-defined base type. The category column is just a "char" (i.e. a poor man's enum), allowing a crude form of user extensibility of the category list: just use an otherwise-unused character. This seems sufficient for foreseen uses, but we could upgrade to having an actual category catalog someday, if there proves to be a huge demand for custom type categories. In this patch I have attempted to hew exactly to the behavior of the previous hardwired logic, except for introducing new type categories for arrays, composites, and enums. In particular the default preferred state for user-defined types remains TRUE. That seems worth revisiting, but it should be done as a separate patch from introducing the infrastructure. Likewise, any adjustment of the standard set of categories should be done separately.
2008-07-30 19:05:05 +02:00
else if (pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "category") == 0)
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
defelp = &categoryEl;
Replace the hard-wired type knowledge in TypeCategory() and IsPreferredType() with system catalog lookups, as was foreseen to be necessary almost since their creation. Instead put the information into two new pg_type columns, typcategory and typispreferred. Add support for setting these when creating a user-defined base type. The category column is just a "char" (i.e. a poor man's enum), allowing a crude form of user extensibility of the category list: just use an otherwise-unused character. This seems sufficient for foreseen uses, but we could upgrade to having an actual category catalog someday, if there proves to be a huge demand for custom type categories. In this patch I have attempted to hew exactly to the behavior of the previous hardwired logic, except for introducing new type categories for arrays, composites, and enums. In particular the default preferred state for user-defined types remains TRUE. That seems worth revisiting, but it should be done as a separate patch from introducing the infrastructure. Likewise, any adjustment of the standard set of categories should be done separately.
2008-07-30 19:05:05 +02:00
else if (pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "preferred") == 0)
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
defelp = &preferredEl;
Solve the 'Turkish problem' with undesirable locale behavior for case conversion of basic ASCII letters. Remove all uses of strcasecmp and strncasecmp in favor of new functions pg_strcasecmp and pg_strncasecmp; remove most but not all direct uses of toupper and tolower in favor of pg_toupper and pg_tolower. These functions use the same notions of case folding already developed for identifier case conversion. I left the straight locale-based folding in place for situations where we are just manipulating user data and not trying to match it to built-in strings --- for example, the SQL upper() function is still locale dependent. Perhaps this will prove not to be what's wanted, but at the moment we can initdb and pass regression tests in Turkish locale.
2004-05-07 02:24:59 +02:00
else if (pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "delimiter") == 0)
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
defelp = &delimiterEl;
Solve the 'Turkish problem' with undesirable locale behavior for case conversion of basic ASCII letters. Remove all uses of strcasecmp and strncasecmp in favor of new functions pg_strcasecmp and pg_strncasecmp; remove most but not all direct uses of toupper and tolower in favor of pg_toupper and pg_tolower. These functions use the same notions of case folding already developed for identifier case conversion. I left the straight locale-based folding in place for situations where we are just manipulating user data and not trying to match it to built-in strings --- for example, the SQL upper() function is still locale dependent. Perhaps this will prove not to be what's wanted, but at the moment we can initdb and pass regression tests in Turkish locale.
2004-05-07 02:24:59 +02:00
else if (pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "element") == 0)
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
defelp = &elemTypeEl;
Solve the 'Turkish problem' with undesirable locale behavior for case conversion of basic ASCII letters. Remove all uses of strcasecmp and strncasecmp in favor of new functions pg_strcasecmp and pg_strncasecmp; remove most but not all direct uses of toupper and tolower in favor of pg_toupper and pg_tolower. These functions use the same notions of case folding already developed for identifier case conversion. I left the straight locale-based folding in place for situations where we are just manipulating user data and not trying to match it to built-in strings --- for example, the SQL upper() function is still locale dependent. Perhaps this will prove not to be what's wanted, but at the moment we can initdb and pass regression tests in Turkish locale.
2004-05-07 02:24:59 +02:00
else if (pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "default") == 0)
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
defelp = &defaultValueEl;
Solve the 'Turkish problem' with undesirable locale behavior for case conversion of basic ASCII letters. Remove all uses of strcasecmp and strncasecmp in favor of new functions pg_strcasecmp and pg_strncasecmp; remove most but not all direct uses of toupper and tolower in favor of pg_toupper and pg_tolower. These functions use the same notions of case folding already developed for identifier case conversion. I left the straight locale-based folding in place for situations where we are just manipulating user data and not trying to match it to built-in strings --- for example, the SQL upper() function is still locale dependent. Perhaps this will prove not to be what's wanted, but at the moment we can initdb and pass regression tests in Turkish locale.
2004-05-07 02:24:59 +02:00
else if (pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "passedbyvalue") == 0)
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
defelp = &byValueEl;
Solve the 'Turkish problem' with undesirable locale behavior for case conversion of basic ASCII letters. Remove all uses of strcasecmp and strncasecmp in favor of new functions pg_strcasecmp and pg_strncasecmp; remove most but not all direct uses of toupper and tolower in favor of pg_toupper and pg_tolower. These functions use the same notions of case folding already developed for identifier case conversion. I left the straight locale-based folding in place for situations where we are just manipulating user data and not trying to match it to built-in strings --- for example, the SQL upper() function is still locale dependent. Perhaps this will prove not to be what's wanted, but at the moment we can initdb and pass regression tests in Turkish locale.
2004-05-07 02:24:59 +02:00
else if (pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "alignment") == 0)
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
defelp = &alignmentEl;
Solve the 'Turkish problem' with undesirable locale behavior for case conversion of basic ASCII letters. Remove all uses of strcasecmp and strncasecmp in favor of new functions pg_strcasecmp and pg_strncasecmp; remove most but not all direct uses of toupper and tolower in favor of pg_toupper and pg_tolower. These functions use the same notions of case folding already developed for identifier case conversion. I left the straight locale-based folding in place for situations where we are just manipulating user data and not trying to match it to built-in strings --- for example, the SQL upper() function is still locale dependent. Perhaps this will prove not to be what's wanted, but at the moment we can initdb and pass regression tests in Turkish locale.
2004-05-07 02:24:59 +02:00
else if (pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "storage") == 0)
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
defelp = &storageEl;
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
else if (pg_strcasecmp(defel->defname, "collatable") == 0)
defelp = &collatableEl;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
else
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
{
/* WARNING, not ERROR, for historical backwards-compatibility */
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(WARNING,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("type attribute \"%s\" not recognized",
defel->defname)));
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
continue;
}
if (*defelp != NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("conflicting or redundant options")));
*defelp = defel;
}
/*
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
* Now interpret the options; we do this separately so that LIKE can be
* overridden by other options regardless of the ordering in the parameter
* list.
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
*/
if (likeTypeEl)
{
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
Type likeType;
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
Form_pg_type likeForm;
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
likeType = typenameType(NULL, defGetTypeName(likeTypeEl), NULL, NULL);
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
likeForm = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(likeType);
internalLength = likeForm->typlen;
byValue = likeForm->typbyval;
alignment = likeForm->typalign;
storage = likeForm->typstorage;
ReleaseSysCache(likeType);
}
if (internalLengthEl)
internalLength = defGetTypeLength(internalLengthEl);
if (inputNameEl)
inputName = defGetQualifiedName(inputNameEl);
if (outputNameEl)
outputName = defGetQualifiedName(outputNameEl);
if (receiveNameEl)
receiveName = defGetQualifiedName(receiveNameEl);
if (sendNameEl)
sendName = defGetQualifiedName(sendNameEl);
if (typmodinNameEl)
typmodinName = defGetQualifiedName(typmodinNameEl);
if (typmodoutNameEl)
typmodoutName = defGetQualifiedName(typmodoutNameEl);
if (analyzeNameEl)
analyzeName = defGetQualifiedName(analyzeNameEl);
if (categoryEl)
{
char *p = defGetString(categoryEl);
category = p[0];
/* restrict to non-control ASCII */
if (category < 32 || category > 126)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
errmsg("invalid type category \"%s\": must be simple ASCII",
p)));
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
}
if (preferredEl)
preferred = defGetBoolean(preferredEl);
if (delimiterEl)
{
char *p = defGetString(delimiterEl);
delimiter = p[0];
/* XXX shouldn't we restrict the delimiter? */
}
if (elemTypeEl)
{
Refactor typenameTypeId() Split the old typenameTypeId() into two functions: A new typenameTypeId() that returns only a type OID, and typenameTypeIdAndMod() that returns type OID and typmod. This isolates call sites better that actually care about the typmod.
2010-10-25 20:40:46 +02:00
elemType = typenameTypeId(NULL, defGetTypeName(elemTypeEl));
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
/* disallow arrays of pseudotypes */
if (get_typtype(elemType) == TYPTYPE_PSEUDO)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
errmsg("array element type cannot be %s",
format_type_be(elemType))));
}
if (defaultValueEl)
defaultValue = defGetString(defaultValueEl);
if (byValueEl)
byValue = defGetBoolean(byValueEl);
if (alignmentEl)
{
char *a = defGetString(alignmentEl);
/*
* Note: if argument was an unquoted identifier, parser will have
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
* applied translations to it, so be prepared to recognize translated
* type names as well as the nominal form.
Add a "LIKE = typename" clause to CREATE TYPE for base types. This allows the basic representational details (typlen, typalign, typbyval, typstorage) to be copied from an existing type rather than listed explicitly in the CREATE TYPE command. The immediate reason for this is to provide a simple solution for add-on modules that want to define types represented as int8, float4, or float8: as of 8.4 the appropriate PASSEDBYVALUE setting is platform-specific and so it's hard for a SQL script to know what to do. This patch fixes the contrib/isn breakage reported by Rushabh Lathia.
2008-11-30 20:01:29 +01:00
*/
if (pg_strcasecmp(a, "double") == 0 ||
pg_strcasecmp(a, "float8") == 0 ||
pg_strcasecmp(a, "pg_catalog.float8") == 0)
alignment = 'd';
else if (pg_strcasecmp(a, "int4") == 0 ||
pg_strcasecmp(a, "pg_catalog.int4") == 0)
alignment = 'i';
else if (pg_strcasecmp(a, "int2") == 0 ||
pg_strcasecmp(a, "pg_catalog.int2") == 0)
alignment = 's';
else if (pg_strcasecmp(a, "char") == 0 ||
pg_strcasecmp(a, "pg_catalog.bpchar") == 0)
alignment = 'c';
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("alignment \"%s\" not recognized", a)));
}
if (storageEl)
{
char *a = defGetString(storageEl);
if (pg_strcasecmp(a, "plain") == 0)
storage = 'p';
else if (pg_strcasecmp(a, "external") == 0)
storage = 'e';
else if (pg_strcasecmp(a, "extended") == 0)
storage = 'x';
else if (pg_strcasecmp(a, "main") == 0)
storage = 'm';
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("storage \"%s\" not recognized", a)));
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
}
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
if (collatableEl)
collation = defGetBoolean(collatableEl) ? DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID : InvalidOid;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/*
* make sure we have our required definitions
*/
if (inputName == NIL)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("type input function must be specified")));
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
if (outputName == NIL)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("type output function must be specified")));
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
if (typmodinName == NIL && typmodoutName != NIL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("type modifier output function is useless without a type modifier input function")));
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
/*
* Convert I/O proc names to OIDs
*/
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
inputOid = findTypeInputFunction(inputName, typoid);
outputOid = findTypeOutputFunction(outputName, typoid);
if (receiveName)
receiveOid = findTypeReceiveFunction(receiveName, typoid);
if (sendName)
sendOid = findTypeSendFunction(sendName, typoid);
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
/*
Provide an upgrade strategy for dump files containing functions declared with OPAQUE. CREATE LANGUAGE, CREATE TRIGGER, and CREATE TYPE will all accept references to functions declared with OPAQUE --- but they will issue a NOTICE, and will modify the function entries in pg_proc to have the preferred type-safe argument or result types instead of OPAQUE. Per recent pghackers discussions.
2002-09-21 20:39:26 +02:00
* Verify that I/O procs return the expected thing. If we see OPAQUE,
* complain and change it to the correct type-safe choice.
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
*/
resulttype = get_func_rettype(inputOid);
Provide an upgrade strategy for dump files containing functions declared with OPAQUE. CREATE LANGUAGE, CREATE TRIGGER, and CREATE TYPE will all accept references to functions declared with OPAQUE --- but they will issue a NOTICE, and will modify the function entries in pg_proc to have the preferred type-safe argument or result types instead of OPAQUE. Per recent pghackers discussions.
2002-09-21 20:39:26 +02:00
if (resulttype != typoid)
Further cleanup around the edges of OPAQUE/pseudotype changes. Correct the declarations of some index access method support functions. Support SQL functions returning VOID.
2002-08-23 18:41:38 +02:00
{
if (resulttype == OPAQUEOID)
Provide an upgrade strategy for dump files containing functions declared with OPAQUE. CREATE LANGUAGE, CREATE TRIGGER, and CREATE TYPE will all accept references to functions declared with OPAQUE --- but they will issue a NOTICE, and will modify the function entries in pg_proc to have the preferred type-safe argument or result types instead of OPAQUE. Per recent pghackers discussions.
2002-09-21 20:39:26 +02:00
{
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
/* backwards-compatibility hack */
Change some notices to warnings and vice versa according to criteria developed on -hackers.
2003-10-02 08:34:04 +02:00
ereport(WARNING,
Message editing: remove gratuitous variations in message wording, standardize terms, add some clarifications, fix some untranslatable attempts at dynamic message building.
2003-09-25 08:58:07 +02:00
(errmsg("changing return type of function %s from \"opaque\" to %s",
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
NameListToString(inputName), typeName)));
Provide an upgrade strategy for dump files containing functions declared with OPAQUE. CREATE LANGUAGE, CREATE TRIGGER, and CREATE TYPE will all accept references to functions declared with OPAQUE --- but they will issue a NOTICE, and will modify the function entries in pg_proc to have the preferred type-safe argument or result types instead of OPAQUE. Per recent pghackers discussions.
2002-09-21 20:39:26 +02:00
SetFunctionReturnType(inputOid, typoid);
}
Further cleanup around the edges of OPAQUE/pseudotype changes. Correct the declarations of some index access method support functions. Support SQL functions returning VOID.
2002-08-23 18:41:38 +02:00
else
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
Message editing: remove gratuitous variations in message wording, standardize terms, add some clarifications, fix some untranslatable attempts at dynamic message building.
2003-09-25 08:58:07 +02:00
errmsg("type input function %s must return type %s",
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
NameListToString(inputName), typeName)));
Further cleanup around the edges of OPAQUE/pseudotype changes. Correct the declarations of some index access method support functions. Support SQL functions returning VOID.
2002-08-23 18:41:38 +02:00
}
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
resulttype = get_func_rettype(outputOid);
Further cleanup around the edges of OPAQUE/pseudotype changes. Correct the declarations of some index access method support functions. Support SQL functions returning VOID.
2002-08-23 18:41:38 +02:00
if (resulttype != CSTRINGOID)
{
if (resulttype == OPAQUEOID)
Provide an upgrade strategy for dump files containing functions declared with OPAQUE. CREATE LANGUAGE, CREATE TRIGGER, and CREATE TYPE will all accept references to functions declared with OPAQUE --- but they will issue a NOTICE, and will modify the function entries in pg_proc to have the preferred type-safe argument or result types instead of OPAQUE. Per recent pghackers discussions.
2002-09-21 20:39:26 +02:00
{
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
/* backwards-compatibility hack */
Change some notices to warnings and vice versa according to criteria developed on -hackers.
2003-10-02 08:34:04 +02:00
ereport(WARNING,
Message editing: remove gratuitous variations in message wording, standardize terms, add some clarifications, fix some untranslatable attempts at dynamic message building.
2003-09-25 08:58:07 +02:00
(errmsg("changing return type of function %s from \"opaque\" to \"cstring\"",
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
NameListToString(outputName))));
Provide an upgrade strategy for dump files containing functions declared with OPAQUE. CREATE LANGUAGE, CREATE TRIGGER, and CREATE TYPE will all accept references to functions declared with OPAQUE --- but they will issue a NOTICE, and will modify the function entries in pg_proc to have the preferred type-safe argument or result types instead of OPAQUE. Per recent pghackers discussions.
2002-09-21 20:39:26 +02:00
SetFunctionReturnType(outputOid, CSTRINGOID);
}
Further cleanup around the edges of OPAQUE/pseudotype changes. Correct the declarations of some index access method support functions. Support SQL functions returning VOID.
2002-08-23 18:41:38 +02:00
else
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
errmsg("type output function %s must return type \"cstring\"",
NameListToString(outputName))));
Further cleanup around the edges of OPAQUE/pseudotype changes. Correct the declarations of some index access method support functions. Support SQL functions returning VOID.
2002-08-23 18:41:38 +02:00
}
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
if (receiveOid)
{
resulttype = get_func_rettype(receiveOid);
if (resulttype != typoid)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
errmsg("type receive function %s must return type %s",
NameListToString(receiveName), typeName)));
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
}
if (sendOid)
{
resulttype = get_func_rettype(sendOid);
if (resulttype != BYTEAOID)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
errmsg("type send function %s must return type \"bytea\"",
NameListToString(sendName))));
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
}
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
/*
* Convert typmodin/out function proc names to OIDs.
*/
if (typmodinName)
typmodinOid = findTypeTypmodinFunction(typmodinName);
if (typmodoutName)
typmodoutOid = findTypeTypmodoutFunction(typmodoutName);
Add hooks for type-specific calculation of ANALYZE statistics. Idea and coding by Mark Cave-Ayland, some kibitzing by Tom Lane. initdb forced due to new column in pg_type.
2004-02-13 00:41:04 +01:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Convert analysis function proc name to an OID. If no analysis function
* is specified, we'll use zero to select the built-in default algorithm.
Add hooks for type-specific calculation of ANALYZE statistics. Idea and coding by Mark Cave-Ayland, some kibitzing by Tom Lane. initdb forced due to new column in pg_type.
2004-02-13 00:41:04 +01:00
*/
if (analyzeName)
analyzeOid = findTypeAnalyzeFunction(analyzeName, typoid);
Require the issuer of CREATE TYPE to own the functions mentioned in the type definition. Because use of a type's I/O conversion functions isn't access-checked, CREATE TYPE amounts to granting public execute permissions on the functions, and so allowing it to anybody means that someone could theoretically gain access to a function he's not supposed to be able to execute. The parameter-type restrictions already enforced by CREATE TYPE make it fairly unlikely that this oversight is meaningful in practice, but still it seems like a good idea to plug the hole going forward. Also, document the implicit grant just in case anybody gets the idea of building I/O functions that might need security restrictions.
2006-01-13 19:06:45 +01:00
/*
pgindent run for 8.2.
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
* Check permissions on functions. We choose to require the creator/owner
* of a type to also own the underlying functions. Since creating a type
Require the issuer of CREATE TYPE to own the functions mentioned in the type definition. Because use of a type's I/O conversion functions isn't access-checked, CREATE TYPE amounts to granting public execute permissions on the functions, and so allowing it to anybody means that someone could theoretically gain access to a function he's not supposed to be able to execute. The parameter-type restrictions already enforced by CREATE TYPE make it fairly unlikely that this oversight is meaningful in practice, but still it seems like a good idea to plug the hole going forward. Also, document the implicit grant just in case anybody gets the idea of building I/O functions that might need security restrictions.
2006-01-13 19:06:45 +01:00
* is tantamount to granting public execute access on the functions, the
pgindent run for 8.2.
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
* minimum sane check would be for execute-with-grant-option. But we
* don't have a way to make the type go away if the grant option is
* revoked, so ownership seems better.
Require the issuer of CREATE TYPE to own the functions mentioned in the type definition. Because use of a type's I/O conversion functions isn't access-checked, CREATE TYPE amounts to granting public execute permissions on the functions, and so allowing it to anybody means that someone could theoretically gain access to a function he's not supposed to be able to execute. The parameter-type restrictions already enforced by CREATE TYPE make it fairly unlikely that this oversight is meaningful in practice, but still it seems like a good idea to plug the hole going forward. Also, document the implicit grant just in case anybody gets the idea of building I/O functions that might need security restrictions.
2006-01-13 19:06:45 +01:00
*/
Require superuser privilege to create base types (but not composites, enums, or domains). This was already effectively required because you had to own the I/O functions, and the I/O functions pretty much have to be written in C since we don't let PL functions take or return cstring. But given the possible security consequences of a malicious type definition, it seems prudent to enforce superuser requirement directly. Per recent discussion.
2008-07-31 18:27:16 +02:00
#ifdef NOT_USED
/* XXX this is unnecessary given the superuser check above */
Require the issuer of CREATE TYPE to own the functions mentioned in the type definition. Because use of a type's I/O conversion functions isn't access-checked, CREATE TYPE amounts to granting public execute permissions on the functions, and so allowing it to anybody means that someone could theoretically gain access to a function he's not supposed to be able to execute. The parameter-type restrictions already enforced by CREATE TYPE make it fairly unlikely that this oversight is meaningful in practice, but still it seems like a good idea to plug the hole going forward. Also, document the implicit grant just in case anybody gets the idea of building I/O functions that might need security restrictions.
2006-01-13 19:06:45 +01:00
if (inputOid && !pg_proc_ownercheck(inputOid, GetUserId()))
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_PROC,
NameListToString(inputName));
if (outputOid && !pg_proc_ownercheck(outputOid, GetUserId()))
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_PROC,
NameListToString(outputName));
if (receiveOid && !pg_proc_ownercheck(receiveOid, GetUserId()))
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_PROC,
NameListToString(receiveName));
if (sendOid && !pg_proc_ownercheck(sendOid, GetUserId()))
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_PROC,
NameListToString(sendName));
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
if (typmodinOid && !pg_proc_ownercheck(typmodinOid, GetUserId()))
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_PROC,
NameListToString(typmodinName));
if (typmodoutOid && !pg_proc_ownercheck(typmodoutOid, GetUserId()))
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_PROC,
NameListToString(typmodoutName));
Require the issuer of CREATE TYPE to own the functions mentioned in the type definition. Because use of a type's I/O conversion functions isn't access-checked, CREATE TYPE amounts to granting public execute permissions on the functions, and so allowing it to anybody means that someone could theoretically gain access to a function he's not supposed to be able to execute. The parameter-type restrictions already enforced by CREATE TYPE make it fairly unlikely that this oversight is meaningful in practice, but still it seems like a good idea to plug the hole going forward. Also, document the implicit grant just in case anybody gets the idea of building I/O functions that might need security restrictions.
2006-01-13 19:06:45 +01:00
if (analyzeOid && !pg_proc_ownercheck(analyzeOid, GetUserId()))
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_PROC,
NameListToString(analyzeName));
Require superuser privilege to create base types (but not composites, enums, or domains). This was already effectively required because you had to own the I/O functions, and the I/O functions pretty much have to be written in C since we don't let PL functions take or return cstring. But given the possible security consequences of a malicious type definition, it seems prudent to enforce superuser requirement directly. Per recent discussion.
2008-07-31 18:27:16 +02:00
#endif
Require the issuer of CREATE TYPE to own the functions mentioned in the type definition. Because use of a type's I/O conversion functions isn't access-checked, CREATE TYPE amounts to granting public execute permissions on the functions, and so allowing it to anybody means that someone could theoretically gain access to a function he's not supposed to be able to execute. The parameter-type restrictions already enforced by CREATE TYPE make it fairly unlikely that this oversight is meaningful in practice, but still it seems like a good idea to plug the hole going forward. Also, document the implicit grant just in case anybody gets the idea of building I/O functions that might need security restrictions.
2006-01-13 19:06:45 +01:00
Binary upgrade: Modify pg_dump --binary-upgrade and add backend support routines to support the preservation of pg_type oids when doing a binary upgrade. This allows user-defined composite types and arrays to be binary upgraded.
2009-12-24 23:09:24 +01:00
array_oid = AssignTypeArrayOid();
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/*
* now have TypeCreate do all the real work.
Improve handling of domains over arrays. This patch eliminates various bizarre behaviors caused by sloppy thinking about the difference between a domain type and its underlying array type. In particular, the operation of updating one element of such an array has to be considered as yielding a value of the underlying array type, *not* a value of the domain, because there's no assurance that the domain's CHECK constraints are still satisfied. If we're intending to store the result back into a domain column, we have to re-cast to the domain type so that constraints are re-checked. For similar reasons, such a domain can't be blindly matched to an ANYARRAY polymorphic parameter, because the polymorphic function is likely to apply array-ish operations that could invalidate the domain constraints. For the moment, we just forbid such matching. We might later wish to insert an automatic downcast to the underlying array type, but such a change should also change matching of domains to ANYELEMENT for consistency. To ensure that all such logic is rechecked, this patch removes the original hack of setting a domain's pg_type.typelem field to match its base type; the typelem will always be zero instead. In those places where it's really okay to look through the domain type with no other logic changes, use the newly added get_base_element_type function in place of get_element_type. catversion bumped due to change in pg_type contents. Per bug #5717 from Richard Huxton and subsequent discussion.
2010-10-21 22:07:17 +02:00
*
* Note: the pg_type.oid is stored in user tables as array elements (base
* types) in ArrayType and in composite types in DatumTupleFields. This
* oid must be preserved by binary upgrades.
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
*/
typoid =
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
TypeCreate(InvalidOid, /* no predetermined type OID */
typeName, /* type name */
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
typeNamespace, /* namespace */
InvalidOid, /* relation oid (n/a here) */
0, /* relation kind (ditto) */
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
GetUserId(), /* owner's ID */
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
internalLength, /* internal size */
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
TYPTYPE_BASE, /* type-type (base type) */
Replace the hard-wired type knowledge in TypeCategory() and IsPreferredType() with system catalog lookups, as was foreseen to be necessary almost since their creation. Instead put the information into two new pg_type columns, typcategory and typispreferred. Add support for setting these when creating a user-defined base type. The category column is just a "char" (i.e. a poor man's enum), allowing a crude form of user extensibility of the category list: just use an otherwise-unused character. This seems sufficient for foreseen uses, but we could upgrade to having an actual category catalog someday, if there proves to be a huge demand for custom type categories. In this patch I have attempted to hew exactly to the behavior of the previous hardwired logic, except for introducing new type categories for arrays, composites, and enums. In particular the default preferred state for user-defined types remains TRUE. That seems worth revisiting, but it should be done as a separate patch from introducing the infrastructure. Likewise, any adjustment of the standard set of categories should be done separately.
2008-07-30 19:05:05 +02:00
category, /* type-category */
preferred, /* is it a preferred type? */
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
delimiter, /* array element delimiter */
inputOid, /* input procedure */
outputOid, /* output procedure */
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
receiveOid, /* receive procedure */
sendOid, /* send procedure */
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
typmodinOid, /* typmodin procedure */
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
typmodoutOid, /* typmodout procedure */
Add hooks for type-specific calculation of ANALYZE statistics. Idea and coding by Mark Cave-Ayland, some kibitzing by Tom Lane. initdb forced due to new column in pg_type.
2004-02-13 00:41:04 +01:00
analyzeOid, /* analyze procedure */
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
elemType, /* element type ID */
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
false, /* this is not an array type */
array_oid, /* array type we are about to create */
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
InvalidOid, /* base type ID (only for domains) */
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
defaultValue, /* default type value */
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
NULL, /* no binary form available */
byValue, /* passed by value */
alignment, /* required alignment */
storage, /* TOAST strategy */
-1, /* typMod (Domains only) */
0, /* Array Dimensions of typbasetype */
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
false, /* Type NOT NULL */
collation);
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/*
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
* Create the array type that goes with it.
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
*/
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
array_type = makeArrayTypeName(typeName, typeNamespace);
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/* alignment must be 'i' or 'd' for arrays */
alignment = (alignment == 'd') ? 'd' : 'i';
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
TypeCreate(array_oid, /* force assignment of this type OID */
array_type, /* type name */
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
typeNamespace, /* namespace */
InvalidOid, /* relation oid (n/a here) */
Code review for standalone composite types, query-specified composite types, SRFs. Not happy with memory management yet, but I'll commit these other changes.
2002-08-29 02:17:06 +02:00
0, /* relation kind (ditto) */
Repair a longstanding bug in CLUSTER and the rewriting variants of ALTER TABLE: if the command is executed by someone other than the table owner (eg, a superuser) and the table has a toast table, the toast table's pg_type row ends up with the wrong typowner, ie, the command issuer not the table owner. This is quite harmless for most purposes, since no interesting permissions checks consult the pg_type row. However, it could lead to unexpected failures if one later tries to drop the role that issued the command (in 8.1 or 8.2), or strange warnings from pg_dump afterwards (in 8.3 and up, which will allow the DROP ROLE because we don't create a "redundant" owner dependency for table rowtypes). Problem identified by Cott Lang. Back-patch to 8.1. The problem is actually far older --- the CLUSTER variant can be demonstrated in 7.0 --- but it's mostly cosmetic before 8.1 because we didn't track ownership dependencies before 8.1. Also, fixing it before 8.1 would require changing the call signature of heap_create_with_catalog(), which seems to carry a nontrivial risk of breaking add-on modules.
2009-02-24 02:38:10 +01:00
GetUserId(), /* owner's ID */
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
-1, /* internal size (always varlena) */
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
TYPTYPE_BASE, /* type-type (base type) */
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
TYPCATEGORY_ARRAY, /* type-category (array) */
Flip the default typispreferred setting from true to false. This affects only type categories in which the previous coding made *every* type preferred; so there is no change in effective behavior, because the function resolution rules only do something different when faced with a choice between preferred and non-preferred types in the same category. It just seems safer and less surprising to have CREATE TYPE default to non-preferred status ...
2008-07-30 21:35:13 +02:00
false, /* array types are never preferred */
Establish the rule that array types should have the same typdelim as their element types. Since the backend doesn't actually pay attention to the array type's delimiter, this has no functional effect, but it seems better for the catalog entries to be consistent. Per gripe from Greg Mullane and subsequent discussion.
2008-09-25 05:28:56 +02:00
delimiter, /* array element delimiter */
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
F_ARRAY_IN, /* input procedure */
F_ARRAY_OUT, /* output procedure */
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
F_ARRAY_RECV, /* receive procedure */
F_ARRAY_SEND, /* send procedure */
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
typmodinOid, /* typmodin procedure */
typmodoutOid, /* typmodout procedure */
Add hooks for type-specific calculation of ANALYZE statistics. Idea and coding by Mark Cave-Ayland, some kibitzing by Tom Lane. initdb forced due to new column in pg_type.
2004-02-13 00:41:04 +01:00
InvalidOid, /* analyze procedure - default */
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
typoid, /* element type ID */
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
true, /* yes this is an array type */
InvalidOid, /* no further array type */
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
InvalidOid, /* base type ID */
NULL, /* never a default type value */
NULL, /* binary default isn't sent either */
false, /* never passed by value */
alignment, /* see above */
'x', /* ARRAY is always toastable */
-1, /* typMod (Domains only) */
0, /* Array dimensions of typbasetype */
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
false, /* Type NOT NULL */
collation);
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
pfree(array_type);
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
}
/*
Refactor the handling of the various DropStmt variants so that when multiple objects are specified, we drop them all in a single performMultipleDeletions call. This makes the RESTRICT/CASCADE checks more relaxed: it's not counted as a cascade if one of the later objects has a dependency on an earlier one. NOTICE messages about such cases go away, too. In passing, fix the permissions check for DROP CONVERSION, which for some reason was never made role-aware, and omitted the namespace-owner exemption too. Alex Hunsaker, with further fiddling by me.
2008-06-14 20:04:34 +02:00
* RemoveTypes
* Implements DROP TYPE and DROP DOMAIN
*
* Note: if DOMAIN is specified, we enforce that each type is a domain, but
* we don't enforce the converse for DROP TYPE
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
*/
void
Refactor the handling of the various DropStmt variants so that when multiple objects are specified, we drop them all in a single performMultipleDeletions call. This makes the RESTRICT/CASCADE checks more relaxed: it's not counted as a cascade if one of the later objects has a dependency on an earlier one. NOTICE messages about such cases go away, too. In passing, fix the permissions check for DROP CONVERSION, which for some reason was never made role-aware, and omitted the namespace-owner exemption too. Alex Hunsaker, with further fiddling by me.
2008-06-14 20:04:34 +02:00
RemoveTypes(DropStmt *drop)
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
{
Refactor the handling of the various DropStmt variants so that when multiple objects are specified, we drop them all in a single performMultipleDeletions call. This makes the RESTRICT/CASCADE checks more relaxed: it's not counted as a cascade if one of the later objects has a dependency on an earlier one. NOTICE messages about such cases go away, too. In passing, fix the permissions check for DROP CONVERSION, which for some reason was never made role-aware, and omitted the namespace-owner exemption too. Alex Hunsaker, with further fiddling by me.
2008-06-14 20:04:34 +02:00
ObjectAddresses *objects;
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
ListCell *cell;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Refactor the handling of the various DropStmt variants so that when multiple objects are specified, we drop them all in a single performMultipleDeletions call. This makes the RESTRICT/CASCADE checks more relaxed: it's not counted as a cascade if one of the later objects has a dependency on an earlier one. NOTICE messages about such cases go away, too. In passing, fix the permissions check for DROP CONVERSION, which for some reason was never made role-aware, and omitted the namespace-owner exemption too. Alex Hunsaker, with further fiddling by me.
2008-06-14 20:04:34 +02:00
/*
* First we identify all the types, then we delete them in a single
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
* performMultipleDeletions() call. This is to avoid unwanted DROP
* RESTRICT errors if one of the types depends on another.
Refactor the handling of the various DropStmt variants so that when multiple objects are specified, we drop them all in a single performMultipleDeletions call. This makes the RESTRICT/CASCADE checks more relaxed: it's not counted as a cascade if one of the later objects has a dependency on an earlier one. NOTICE messages about such cases go away, too. In passing, fix the permissions check for DROP CONVERSION, which for some reason was never made role-aware, and omitted the namespace-owner exemption too. Alex Hunsaker, with further fiddling by me.
2008-06-14 20:04:34 +02:00
*/
objects = new_object_addresses();
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Refactor the handling of the various DropStmt variants so that when multiple objects are specified, we drop them all in a single performMultipleDeletions call. This makes the RESTRICT/CASCADE checks more relaxed: it's not counted as a cascade if one of the later objects has a dependency on an earlier one. NOTICE messages about such cases go away, too. In passing, fix the permissions check for DROP CONVERSION, which for some reason was never made role-aware, and omitted the namespace-owner exemption too. Alex Hunsaker, with further fiddling by me.
2008-06-14 20:04:34 +02:00
foreach(cell, drop->objects)
DROP objecttype IF EXISTS for the following objects: table view index sequence schema type domain conversion
2005-11-19 18:39:45 +01:00
{
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
List *names = (List *) lfirst(cell);
Refactor the handling of the various DropStmt variants so that when multiple objects are specified, we drop them all in a single performMultipleDeletions call. This makes the RESTRICT/CASCADE checks more relaxed: it's not counted as a cascade if one of the later objects has a dependency on an earlier one. NOTICE messages about such cases go away, too. In passing, fix the permissions check for DROP CONVERSION, which for some reason was never made role-aware, and omitted the namespace-owner exemption too. Alex Hunsaker, with further fiddling by me.
2008-06-14 20:04:34 +02:00
TypeName *typename;
Oid typeoid;
HeapTuple tup;
ObjectAddress object;
Form_pg_type typ;
/* Make a TypeName so we can use standard type lookup machinery */
typename = makeTypeNameFromNameList(names);
/* Use LookupTypeName here so that shell types can be removed. */
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
tup = LookupTypeName(NULL, typename, NULL, NULL);
Refactor the handling of the various DropStmt variants so that when multiple objects are specified, we drop them all in a single performMultipleDeletions call. This makes the RESTRICT/CASCADE checks more relaxed: it's not counted as a cascade if one of the later objects has a dependency on an earlier one. NOTICE messages about such cases go away, too. In passing, fix the permissions check for DROP CONVERSION, which for some reason was never made role-aware, and omitted the namespace-owner exemption too. Alex Hunsaker, with further fiddling by me.
2008-06-14 20:04:34 +02:00
if (tup == NULL)
DROP objecttype IF EXISTS for the following objects: table view index sequence schema type domain conversion
2005-11-19 18:39:45 +01:00
{
Refactor the handling of the various DropStmt variants so that when multiple objects are specified, we drop them all in a single performMultipleDeletions call. This makes the RESTRICT/CASCADE checks more relaxed: it's not counted as a cascade if one of the later objects has a dependency on an earlier one. NOTICE messages about such cases go away, too. In passing, fix the permissions check for DROP CONVERSION, which for some reason was never made role-aware, and omitted the namespace-owner exemption too. Alex Hunsaker, with further fiddling by me.
2008-06-14 20:04:34 +02:00
if (!drop->missing_ok)
{
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("type \"%s\" does not exist",
TypeNameToString(typename))));
}
else
{
ereport(NOTICE,
(errmsg("type \"%s\" does not exist, skipping",
TypeNameToString(typename))));
}
continue;
DROP objecttype IF EXISTS for the following objects: table view index sequence schema type domain conversion
2005-11-19 18:39:45 +01:00
}
Refactor the handling of the various DropStmt variants so that when multiple objects are specified, we drop them all in a single performMultipleDeletions call. This makes the RESTRICT/CASCADE checks more relaxed: it's not counted as a cascade if one of the later objects has a dependency on an earlier one. NOTICE messages about such cases go away, too. In passing, fix the permissions check for DROP CONVERSION, which for some reason was never made role-aware, and omitted the namespace-owner exemption too. Alex Hunsaker, with further fiddling by me.
2008-06-14 20:04:34 +02:00
typeoid = typeTypeId(tup);
typ = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
/* Permission check: must own type or its namespace */
if (!pg_type_ownercheck(typeoid, GetUserId()) &&
!pg_namespace_ownercheck(typ->typnamespace, GetUserId()))
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_TYPE,
Use format_type_be() instead of TypeNameToString() for some more user-facing error messages where the type existence is established.
2008-10-21 12:38:51 +02:00
format_type_be(typeoid));
Refactor the handling of the various DropStmt variants so that when multiple objects are specified, we drop them all in a single performMultipleDeletions call. This makes the RESTRICT/CASCADE checks more relaxed: it's not counted as a cascade if one of the later objects has a dependency on an earlier one. NOTICE messages about such cases go away, too. In passing, fix the permissions check for DROP CONVERSION, which for some reason was never made role-aware, and omitted the namespace-owner exemption too. Alex Hunsaker, with further fiddling by me.
2008-06-14 20:04:34 +02:00
if (drop->removeType == OBJECT_DOMAIN)
DROP objecttype IF EXISTS for the following objects: table view index sequence schema type domain conversion
2005-11-19 18:39:45 +01:00
{
Refactor the handling of the various DropStmt variants so that when multiple objects are specified, we drop them all in a single performMultipleDeletions call. This makes the RESTRICT/CASCADE checks more relaxed: it's not counted as a cascade if one of the later objects has a dependency on an earlier one. NOTICE messages about such cases go away, too. In passing, fix the permissions check for DROP CONVERSION, which for some reason was never made role-aware, and omitted the namespace-owner exemption too. Alex Hunsaker, with further fiddling by me.
2008-06-14 20:04:34 +02:00
/* Check that this is actually a domain */
if (typ->typtype != TYPTYPE_DOMAIN)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("\"%s\" is not a domain",
TypeNameToString(typename))));
DROP objecttype IF EXISTS for the following objects: table view index sequence schema type domain conversion
2005-11-19 18:39:45 +01:00
}
Refactor the handling of the various DropStmt variants so that when multiple objects are specified, we drop them all in a single performMultipleDeletions call. This makes the RESTRICT/CASCADE checks more relaxed: it's not counted as a cascade if one of the later objects has a dependency on an earlier one. NOTICE messages about such cases go away, too. In passing, fix the permissions check for DROP CONVERSION, which for some reason was never made role-aware, and omitted the namespace-owner exemption too. Alex Hunsaker, with further fiddling by me.
2008-06-14 20:04:34 +02:00
/*
* Note: we need no special check for array types here, as the normal
* treatment of internal dependencies handles it just fine
*/
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Refactor the handling of the various DropStmt variants so that when multiple objects are specified, we drop them all in a single performMultipleDeletions call. This makes the RESTRICT/CASCADE checks more relaxed: it's not counted as a cascade if one of the later objects has a dependency on an earlier one. NOTICE messages about such cases go away, too. In passing, fix the permissions check for DROP CONVERSION, which for some reason was never made role-aware, and omitted the namespace-owner exemption too. Alex Hunsaker, with further fiddling by me.
2008-06-14 20:04:34 +02:00
object.classId = TypeRelationId;
object.objectId = typeoid;
object.objectSubId = 0;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Refactor the handling of the various DropStmt variants so that when multiple objects are specified, we drop them all in a single performMultipleDeletions call. This makes the RESTRICT/CASCADE checks more relaxed: it's not counted as a cascade if one of the later objects has a dependency on an earlier one. NOTICE messages about such cases go away, too. In passing, fix the permissions check for DROP CONVERSION, which for some reason was never made role-aware, and omitted the namespace-owner exemption too. Alex Hunsaker, with further fiddling by me.
2008-06-14 20:04:34 +02:00
add_exact_object_address(&object, objects);
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
Refactor the handling of the various DropStmt variants so that when multiple objects are specified, we drop them all in a single performMultipleDeletions call. This makes the RESTRICT/CASCADE checks more relaxed: it's not counted as a cascade if one of the later objects has a dependency on an earlier one. NOTICE messages about such cases go away, too. In passing, fix the permissions check for DROP CONVERSION, which for some reason was never made role-aware, and omitted the namespace-owner exemption too. Alex Hunsaker, with further fiddling by me.
2008-06-14 20:04:34 +02:00
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
}
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Refactor the handling of the various DropStmt variants so that when multiple objects are specified, we drop them all in a single performMultipleDeletions call. This makes the RESTRICT/CASCADE checks more relaxed: it's not counted as a cascade if one of the later objects has a dependency on an earlier one. NOTICE messages about such cases go away, too. In passing, fix the permissions check for DROP CONVERSION, which for some reason was never made role-aware, and omitted the namespace-owner exemption too. Alex Hunsaker, with further fiddling by me.
2008-06-14 20:04:34 +02:00
performMultipleDeletions(objects, drop->behavior);
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Refactor the handling of the various DropStmt variants so that when multiple objects are specified, we drop them all in a single performMultipleDeletions call. This makes the RESTRICT/CASCADE checks more relaxed: it's not counted as a cascade if one of the later objects has a dependency on an earlier one. NOTICE messages about such cases go away, too. In passing, fix the permissions check for DROP CONVERSION, which for some reason was never made role-aware, and omitted the namespace-owner exemption too. Alex Hunsaker, with further fiddling by me.
2008-06-14 20:04:34 +02:00
free_object_addresses(objects);
Second phase of committing Rod Taylor's pg_depend/pg_constraint patch. pg_relcheck is gone; CHECK, UNIQUE, PRIMARY KEY, and FOREIGN KEY constraints all have real live entries in pg_constraint. pg_depend exists, and RESTRICT/CASCADE options work on most kinds of DROP; however, pg_depend is not yet very well populated with dependencies. (Most of the ones that are present at this point just replace formerly hardwired associations, such as the implicit drop of a relation's pg_type entry when the relation is dropped.) Need to add more logic to create dependency entries, improve pg_dump to dump constraints in place of indexes and triggers, and add some regression tests.
2002-07-12 20:43:19 +02:00
}
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Second phase of committing Rod Taylor's pg_depend/pg_constraint patch. pg_relcheck is gone; CHECK, UNIQUE, PRIMARY KEY, and FOREIGN KEY constraints all have real live entries in pg_constraint. pg_depend exists, and RESTRICT/CASCADE options work on most kinds of DROP; however, pg_depend is not yet very well populated with dependencies. (Most of the ones that are present at this point just replace formerly hardwired associations, such as the implicit drop of a relation's pg_type entry when the relation is dropped.) Need to add more logic to create dependency entries, improve pg_dump to dump constraints in place of indexes and triggers, and add some regression tests.
2002-07-12 20:43:19 +02:00
/*
* Guts of type deletion.
*/
void
RemoveTypeById(Oid typeOid)
{
Relation relation;
HeapTuple tup;
Completion of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and indexes. Replace all heap_openr and index_openr calls by heap_open and index_open. Remove runtime lookups of catalog OID numbers in various places. Remove relcache's support for looking up system catalogs by name. Bulky but mostly very boring patch ...
2005-04-14 22:03:27 +02:00
relation = heap_open(TypeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCache1(TYPEOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(typeOid));
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", typeOid);
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
simple_heap_delete(relation, &tup->t_self);
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
/*
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* If it is an enum, delete the pg_enum entries too; we don't bother with
* making dependency entries for those, so it has to be done "by hand"
* here.
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
*/
if (((Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup))->typtype == TYPTYPE_ENUM)
EnumValuesDelete(typeOid);
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
heap_close(relation, RowExclusiveLock);
}
/*
* DefineDomain
* Registers a new domain.
*/
void
DefineDomain(CreateDomainStmt *stmt)
{
char *domainName;
Oid domainNamespace;
Restructure aclcheck error reporting to make permission-failure messages more uniform and internationalizable: the global array aclcheck_error_strings[] is gone in favor of a subroutine aclcheck_error(). Partial implementation of namespace-related permission checks --- not all done yet.
2002-04-27 05:45:03 +02:00
AclResult aclresult;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
int16 internalLength;
Oid inputProcedure;
Oid outputProcedure;
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
Oid receiveProcedure;
Oid sendProcedure;
Add hooks for type-specific calculation of ANALYZE statistics. Idea and coding by Mark Cave-Ayland, some kibitzing by Tom Lane. initdb forced due to new column in pg_type.
2004-02-13 00:41:04 +01:00
Oid analyzeProcedure;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
bool byValue;
Replace the hard-wired type knowledge in TypeCategory() and IsPreferredType() with system catalog lookups, as was foreseen to be necessary almost since their creation. Instead put the information into two new pg_type columns, typcategory and typispreferred. Add support for setting these when creating a user-defined base type. The category column is just a "char" (i.e. a poor man's enum), allowing a crude form of user extensibility of the category list: just use an otherwise-unused character. This seems sufficient for foreseen uses, but we could upgrade to having an actual category catalog someday, if there proves to be a huge demand for custom type categories. In this patch I have attempted to hew exactly to the behavior of the previous hardwired logic, except for introducing new type categories for arrays, composites, and enums. In particular the default preferred state for user-defined types remains TRUE. That seems worth revisiting, but it should be done as a separate patch from introducing the infrastructure. Likewise, any adjustment of the standard set of categories should be done separately.
2008-07-30 19:05:05 +02:00
char category;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
char delimiter;
char alignment;
char storage;
char typtype;
Datum datum;
bool isnull;
char *defaultValue = NULL;
char *defaultValueBin = NULL;
CREATE DOMAIN ... DEFAULT NULL failed because gram.y special-cases DEFAULT NULL and DefineDomain didn't. Bug goes all the way back to original coding of domains. Per bug #3396 from Sergey Burladyan.
2007-06-20 20:15:49 +02:00
bool saw_default = false;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
bool typNotNull = false;
Add more dependency insertions --- this completes the basic pg_depend functionality. Of note: dropping a table that has a SERIAL column defined now drops the associated sequence automatically.
2002-07-17 00:12:20 +02:00
bool nullDefined = false;
Make backend header files C++ safe This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still (probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers. based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org> Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 08:33:46 +02:00
int32 typNDims = list_length(stmt->typeName->arrayBounds);
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
HeapTuple typeTup;
List *schema = stmt->constraints;
Reimplement the linked list data structure used throughout the backend. In the past, we used a 'Lispy' linked list implementation: a "list" was merely a pointer to the head node of the list. The problem with that design is that it makes lappend() and length() linear time. This patch fixes that problem (and others) by maintaining a count of the list length and a pointer to the tail node along with each head node pointer. A "list" is now a pointer to a structure containing some meta-data about the list; the head and tail pointers in that structure refer to ListCell structures that maintain the actual linked list of nodes. The function names of the list API have also been changed to, I hope, be more logically consistent. By default, the old function names are still available; they will be disabled-by-default once the rest of the tree has been updated to use the new API names.
2004-05-26 06:41:50 +02:00
ListCell *listptr;
Second phase of committing Rod Taylor's pg_depend/pg_constraint patch. pg_relcheck is gone; CHECK, UNIQUE, PRIMARY KEY, and FOREIGN KEY constraints all have real live entries in pg_constraint. pg_depend exists, and RESTRICT/CASCADE options work on most kinds of DROP; however, pg_depend is not yet very well populated with dependencies. (Most of the ones that are present at this point just replace formerly hardwired associations, such as the implicit drop of a relation's pg_type entry when the relation is dropped.) Need to add more logic to create dependency entries, improve pg_dump to dump constraints in place of indexes and triggers, and add some regression tests.
2002-07-12 20:43:19 +02:00
Oid basetypeoid;
Add more dependency insertions --- this completes the basic pg_depend functionality. Of note: dropping a table that has a SERIAL column defined now drops the associated sequence automatically.
2002-07-17 00:12:20 +02:00
Oid domainoid;
Fix the problem that creating a user-defined type named _foo, followed by one named foo, would work but the other ordering would not. If a user-specified type or table name collides with an existing auto-generated array name, just rename the array type out of the way by prepending more underscores. This should not create any backward-compatibility issues, since the cases in which this will happen would have failed outright in prior releases. Also fix an oversight in the arrays-of-composites patch: ALTER TABLE RENAME renamed the table's rowtype but not its array type.
2007-05-12 02:55:00 +02:00
Oid old_type_oid;
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Form_pg_type baseType;
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
int32 basetypeMod;
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
Oid baseColl;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/* Convert list of names to a name and namespace */
domainNamespace = QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(stmt->domainname,
&domainName);
Restructure aclcheck error reporting to make permission-failure messages more uniform and internationalizable: the global array aclcheck_error_strings[] is gone in favor of a subroutine aclcheck_error(). Partial implementation of namespace-related permission checks --- not all done yet.
2002-04-27 05:45:03 +02:00
/* Check we have creation rights in target namespace */
aclresult = pg_namespace_aclcheck(domainNamespace, GetUserId(),
ACL_CREATE);
if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
Adjust 'permission denied' messages to be more useful and consistent.
2003-08-01 02:15:26 +02:00
aclcheck_error(aclresult, ACL_KIND_NAMESPACE,
get_namespace_name(domainNamespace));
Restructure aclcheck error reporting to make permission-failure messages more uniform and internationalizable: the global array aclcheck_error_strings[] is gone in favor of a subroutine aclcheck_error(). Partial implementation of namespace-related permission checks --- not all done yet.
2002-04-27 05:45:03 +02:00
Fix the problem that creating a user-defined type named _foo, followed by one named foo, would work but the other ordering would not. If a user-specified type or table name collides with an existing auto-generated array name, just rename the array type out of the way by prepending more underscores. This should not create any backward-compatibility issues, since the cases in which this will happen would have failed outright in prior releases. Also fix an oversight in the arrays-of-composites patch: ALTER TABLE RENAME renamed the table's rowtype but not its array type.
2007-05-12 02:55:00 +02:00
/*
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* Check for collision with an existing type name. If there is one and
Fix the problem that creating a user-defined type named _foo, followed by one named foo, would work but the other ordering would not. If a user-specified type or table name collides with an existing auto-generated array name, just rename the array type out of the way by prepending more underscores. This should not create any backward-compatibility issues, since the cases in which this will happen would have failed outright in prior releases. Also fix an oversight in the arrays-of-composites patch: ALTER TABLE RENAME renamed the table's rowtype but not its array type.
2007-05-12 02:55:00 +02:00
* it's an autogenerated array, we can rename it out of the way.
*/
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
old_type_oid = GetSysCacheOid2(TYPENAMENSP,
CStringGetDatum(domainName),
ObjectIdGetDatum(domainNamespace));
Fix the problem that creating a user-defined type named _foo, followed by one named foo, would work but the other ordering would not. If a user-specified type or table name collides with an existing auto-generated array name, just rename the array type out of the way by prepending more underscores. This should not create any backward-compatibility issues, since the cases in which this will happen would have failed outright in prior releases. Also fix an oversight in the arrays-of-composites patch: ALTER TABLE RENAME renamed the table's rowtype but not its array type.
2007-05-12 02:55:00 +02:00
if (OidIsValid(old_type_oid))
{
if (!moveArrayTypeName(old_type_oid, domainName, domainNamespace))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
errmsg("type \"%s\" already exists", domainName)));
}
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/*
* Look up the base type.
*/
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
typeTup = typenameType(NULL, stmt->typeName, &basetypeMod, &baseColl);
Second phase of committing Rod Taylor's pg_depend/pg_constraint patch. pg_relcheck is gone; CHECK, UNIQUE, PRIMARY KEY, and FOREIGN KEY constraints all have real live entries in pg_constraint. pg_depend exists, and RESTRICT/CASCADE options work on most kinds of DROP; however, pg_depend is not yet very well populated with dependencies. (Most of the ones that are present at this point just replace formerly hardwired associations, such as the implicit drop of a relation's pg_type entry when the relation is dropped.) Need to add more logic to create dependency entries, improve pg_dump to dump constraints in place of indexes and triggers, and add some regression tests.
2002-07-12 20:43:19 +02:00
baseType = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(typeTup);
oid is needed, it is added at the end of the struct (after the null bitmap, if present). Per Tom Lane's suggestion the information whether a tuple has an oid or not is carried in the tuple descriptor. For debugging reasons tdhasoid is of type char, not bool. There are predefined values for WITHOID, WITHOUTOID and UNDEFOID. This patch has been generated against a cvs snapshot from last week and I don't expect it to apply cleanly to current sources. While I post it here for public review, I'm working on a new version against a current snapshot. (There's been heavy activity recently; hope to catch up some day ...) This is a long patch; if it is too hard to swallow, I can provide it in smaller pieces: Part 1: Accessor macros Part 2: tdhasoid in TupDesc Part 3: Regression test Part 4: Parameter withoid to heap_addheader Part 5: Eliminate t_oid from HeapTupleHeader Part 2 is the most hairy part because of changes in the executor and even in the parser; the other parts are straightforward. Up to part 4 the patched postmaster stays binary compatible to databases created with an unpatched version. Part 5 is small (100 lines) and finally breaks compatibility. Manfred Koizar
2002-07-20 07:16:59 +02:00
basetypeoid = HeapTupleGetOid(typeTup);
Second phase of committing Rod Taylor's pg_depend/pg_constraint patch. pg_relcheck is gone; CHECK, UNIQUE, PRIMARY KEY, and FOREIGN KEY constraints all have real live entries in pg_constraint. pg_depend exists, and RESTRICT/CASCADE options work on most kinds of DROP; however, pg_depend is not yet very well populated with dependencies. (Most of the ones that are present at this point just replace formerly hardwired associations, such as the implicit drop of a relation's pg_type entry when the relation is dropped.) Need to add more logic to create dependency entries, improve pg_dump to dump constraints in place of indexes and triggers, and add some regression tests.
2002-07-12 20:43:19 +02:00
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/*
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* Base type must be a plain base type, another domain or an enum. Domains
* over pseudotypes would create a security hole. Domains over composite
* types might be made to work in the future, but not today.
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
*/
Second phase of committing Rod Taylor's pg_depend/pg_constraint patch. pg_relcheck is gone; CHECK, UNIQUE, PRIMARY KEY, and FOREIGN KEY constraints all have real live entries in pg_constraint. pg_depend exists, and RESTRICT/CASCADE options work on most kinds of DROP; however, pg_depend is not yet very well populated with dependencies. (Most of the ones that are present at this point just replace formerly hardwired associations, such as the implicit drop of a relation's pg_type entry when the relation is dropped.) Need to add more logic to create dependency entries, improve pg_dump to dump constraints in place of indexes and triggers, and add some regression tests.
2002-07-12 20:43:19 +02:00
typtype = baseType->typtype;
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
if (typtype != TYPTYPE_BASE &&
typtype != TYPTYPE_DOMAIN &&
typtype != TYPTYPE_ENUM)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
errmsg("\"%s\" is not a valid base type for a domain",
Make backend header files C++ safe This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still (probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers. based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org> Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 08:33:46 +02:00
TypeNameToString(stmt->typeName))));
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/* passed by value */
Second phase of committing Rod Taylor's pg_depend/pg_constraint patch. pg_relcheck is gone; CHECK, UNIQUE, PRIMARY KEY, and FOREIGN KEY constraints all have real live entries in pg_constraint. pg_depend exists, and RESTRICT/CASCADE options work on most kinds of DROP; however, pg_depend is not yet very well populated with dependencies. (Most of the ones that are present at this point just replace formerly hardwired associations, such as the implicit drop of a relation's pg_type entry when the relation is dropped.) Need to add more logic to create dependency entries, improve pg_dump to dump constraints in place of indexes and triggers, and add some regression tests.
2002-07-12 20:43:19 +02:00
byValue = baseType->typbyval;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/* Required Alignment */
Second phase of committing Rod Taylor's pg_depend/pg_constraint patch. pg_relcheck is gone; CHECK, UNIQUE, PRIMARY KEY, and FOREIGN KEY constraints all have real live entries in pg_constraint. pg_depend exists, and RESTRICT/CASCADE options work on most kinds of DROP; however, pg_depend is not yet very well populated with dependencies. (Most of the ones that are present at this point just replace formerly hardwired associations, such as the implicit drop of a relation's pg_type entry when the relation is dropped.) Need to add more logic to create dependency entries, improve pg_dump to dump constraints in place of indexes and triggers, and add some regression tests.
2002-07-12 20:43:19 +02:00
alignment = baseType->typalign;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/* TOAST Strategy */
Second phase of committing Rod Taylor's pg_depend/pg_constraint patch. pg_relcheck is gone; CHECK, UNIQUE, PRIMARY KEY, and FOREIGN KEY constraints all have real live entries in pg_constraint. pg_depend exists, and RESTRICT/CASCADE options work on most kinds of DROP; however, pg_depend is not yet very well populated with dependencies. (Most of the ones that are present at this point just replace formerly hardwired associations, such as the implicit drop of a relation's pg_type entry when the relation is dropped.) Need to add more logic to create dependency entries, improve pg_dump to dump constraints in place of indexes and triggers, and add some regression tests.
2002-07-12 20:43:19 +02:00
storage = baseType->typstorage;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/* Storage Length */
Second phase of committing Rod Taylor's pg_depend/pg_constraint patch. pg_relcheck is gone; CHECK, UNIQUE, PRIMARY KEY, and FOREIGN KEY constraints all have real live entries in pg_constraint. pg_depend exists, and RESTRICT/CASCADE options work on most kinds of DROP; however, pg_depend is not yet very well populated with dependencies. (Most of the ones that are present at this point just replace formerly hardwired associations, such as the implicit drop of a relation's pg_type entry when the relation is dropped.) Need to add more logic to create dependency entries, improve pg_dump to dump constraints in place of indexes and triggers, and add some regression tests.
2002-07-12 20:43:19 +02:00
internalLength = baseType->typlen;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Replace the hard-wired type knowledge in TypeCategory() and IsPreferredType() with system catalog lookups, as was foreseen to be necessary almost since their creation. Instead put the information into two new pg_type columns, typcategory and typispreferred. Add support for setting these when creating a user-defined base type. The category column is just a "char" (i.e. a poor man's enum), allowing a crude form of user extensibility of the category list: just use an otherwise-unused character. This seems sufficient for foreseen uses, but we could upgrade to having an actual category catalog someday, if there proves to be a huge demand for custom type categories. In this patch I have attempted to hew exactly to the behavior of the previous hardwired logic, except for introducing new type categories for arrays, composites, and enums. In particular the default preferred state for user-defined types remains TRUE. That seems worth revisiting, but it should be done as a separate patch from introducing the infrastructure. Likewise, any adjustment of the standard set of categories should be done separately.
2008-07-30 19:05:05 +02:00
/* Type Category */
category = baseType->typcategory;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/* Array element Delimiter */
Second phase of committing Rod Taylor's pg_depend/pg_constraint patch. pg_relcheck is gone; CHECK, UNIQUE, PRIMARY KEY, and FOREIGN KEY constraints all have real live entries in pg_constraint. pg_depend exists, and RESTRICT/CASCADE options work on most kinds of DROP; however, pg_depend is not yet very well populated with dependencies. (Most of the ones that are present at this point just replace formerly hardwired associations, such as the implicit drop of a relation's pg_type entry when the relation is dropped.) Need to add more logic to create dependency entries, improve pg_dump to dump constraints in place of indexes and triggers, and add some regression tests.
2002-07-12 20:43:19 +02:00
delimiter = baseType->typdelim;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/* I/O Functions */
Fix a bunch of problems with domains by making them use special input functions that apply the necessary domain constraint checks immediately. This fixes cases where domain constraints went unchecked for statement parameters, PL function local variables and results, etc. We can also eliminate existing special cases for domains in places that had gotten it right, eg COPY. Also, allow domains over domains (base of a domain is another domain type). This almost worked before, but was disallowed because the original patch hadn't gotten it quite right.
2006-04-06 00:11:58 +02:00
inputProcedure = F_DOMAIN_IN;
Second phase of committing Rod Taylor's pg_depend/pg_constraint patch. pg_relcheck is gone; CHECK, UNIQUE, PRIMARY KEY, and FOREIGN KEY constraints all have real live entries in pg_constraint. pg_depend exists, and RESTRICT/CASCADE options work on most kinds of DROP; however, pg_depend is not yet very well populated with dependencies. (Most of the ones that are present at this point just replace formerly hardwired associations, such as the implicit drop of a relation's pg_type entry when the relation is dropped.) Need to add more logic to create dependency entries, improve pg_dump to dump constraints in place of indexes and triggers, and add some regression tests.
2002-07-12 20:43:19 +02:00
outputProcedure = baseType->typoutput;
Fix a bunch of problems with domains by making them use special input functions that apply the necessary domain constraint checks immediately. This fixes cases where domain constraints went unchecked for statement parameters, PL function local variables and results, etc. We can also eliminate existing special cases for domains in places that had gotten it right, eg COPY. Also, allow domains over domains (base of a domain is another domain type). This almost worked before, but was disallowed because the original patch hadn't gotten it quite right.
2006-04-06 00:11:58 +02:00
receiveProcedure = F_DOMAIN_RECV;
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
sendProcedure = baseType->typsend;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
/* Domains never accept typmods, so no typmodin/typmodout needed */
Add hooks for type-specific calculation of ANALYZE statistics. Idea and coding by Mark Cave-Ayland, some kibitzing by Tom Lane. initdb forced due to new column in pg_type.
2004-02-13 00:41:04 +01:00
/* Analysis function */
analyzeProcedure = baseType->typanalyze;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/* Inherited default value */
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
datum = SysCacheGetAttr(TYPEOID, typeTup,
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Anum_pg_type_typdefault, &isnull);
if (!isnull)
Simplify and standardize conversions between TEXT datums and ordinary C strings. This patch introduces four support functions cstring_to_text, cstring_to_text_with_len, text_to_cstring, and text_to_cstring_buffer, and two macros CStringGetTextDatum and TextDatumGetCString. A number of existing macros that provided variants on these themes were removed. Most of the places that need to make such conversions now require just one function or macro call, in place of the multiple notational layers that used to be needed. There are no longer any direct calls of textout or textin, and we got most of the places that were using handmade conversions via memcpy (there may be a few still lurking, though). This commit doesn't make any serious effort to eliminate transient memory leaks caused by detoasting toasted text objects before they reach text_to_cstring. We changed PG_GETARG_TEXT_P to PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP in a few places where it was easy, but much more could be done. Brendan Jurd and Tom Lane
2008-03-25 23:42:46 +01:00
defaultValue = TextDatumGetCString(datum);
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/* Inherited default binary value */
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
datum = SysCacheGetAttr(TYPEOID, typeTup,
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Anum_pg_type_typdefaultbin, &isnull);
if (!isnull)
Simplify and standardize conversions between TEXT datums and ordinary C strings. This patch introduces four support functions cstring_to_text, cstring_to_text_with_len, text_to_cstring, and text_to_cstring_buffer, and two macros CStringGetTextDatum and TextDatumGetCString. A number of existing macros that provided variants on these themes were removed. Most of the places that need to make such conversions now require just one function or macro call, in place of the multiple notational layers that used to be needed. There are no longer any direct calls of textout or textin, and we got most of the places that were using handmade conversions via memcpy (there may be a few still lurking, though). This commit doesn't make any serious effort to eliminate transient memory leaks caused by detoasting toasted text objects before they reach text_to_cstring. We changed PG_GETARG_TEXT_P to PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP in a few places where it was easy, but much more could be done. Brendan Jurd and Tom Lane
2008-03-25 23:42:46 +01:00
defaultValueBin = TextDatumGetCString(datum);
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/*
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
* Run through constraints manually to avoid the additional processing
* conducted by DefineRelation() and friends.
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
*/
foreach(listptr, schema)
{
Merge the Constraint and FkConstraint node types into a single type. This was foreseen to be a good idea long ago, but nobody had got round to doing it. The recent patch for deferred unique constraints made transformConstraintAttrs() ugly enough that I decided it was time. This change will also greatly simplify parsing of deferred CHECK constraints, if anyone ever gets around to implementing that. While at it, add a location field to Constraint, and use that to provide an error cursor for some of the constraint-related error messages.
2009-07-30 04:45:38 +02:00
Constraint *constr = lfirst(listptr);
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
Merge the Constraint and FkConstraint node types into a single type. This was foreseen to be a good idea long ago, but nobody had got round to doing it. The recent patch for deferred unique constraints made transformConstraintAttrs() ugly enough that I decided it was time. This change will also greatly simplify parsing of deferred CHECK constraints, if anyone ever gets around to implementing that. While at it, add a location field to Constraint, and use that to provide an error cursor for some of the constraint-related error messages.
2009-07-30 04:45:38 +02:00
if (!IsA(constr, Constraint))
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d",
Merge the Constraint and FkConstraint node types into a single type. This was foreseen to be a good idea long ago, but nobody had got round to doing it. The recent patch for deferred unique constraints made transformConstraintAttrs() ugly enough that I decided it was time. This change will also greatly simplify parsing of deferred CHECK constraints, if anyone ever gets around to implementing that. While at it, add a location field to Constraint, and use that to provide an error cursor for some of the constraint-related error messages.
2009-07-30 04:45:38 +02:00
(int) nodeTag(constr));
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
switch (constr->contype)
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
{
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
case CONSTR_DEFAULT:
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* The inherited default value may be overridden by the user
CREATE DOMAIN ... DEFAULT NULL failed because gram.y special-cases DEFAULT NULL and DefineDomain didn't. Bug goes all the way back to original coding of domains. Per bug #3396 from Sergey Burladyan.
2007-06-20 20:15:49 +02:00
* with the DEFAULT <expr> clause ... but only once.
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
*/
CREATE DOMAIN ... DEFAULT NULL failed because gram.y special-cases DEFAULT NULL and DefineDomain didn't. Bug goes all the way back to original coding of domains. Per bug #3396 from Sergey Burladyan.
2007-06-20 20:15:49 +02:00
if (saw_default)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
Message editing: remove gratuitous variations in message wording, standardize terms, add some clarifications, fix some untranslatable attempts at dynamic message building.
2003-09-25 08:58:07 +02:00
errmsg("multiple default expressions")));
CREATE DOMAIN ... DEFAULT NULL failed because gram.y special-cases DEFAULT NULL and DefineDomain didn't. Bug goes all the way back to original coding of domains. Per bug #3396 from Sergey Burladyan.
2007-06-20 20:15:49 +02:00
saw_default = true;
if (constr->raw_expr)
{
ParseState *pstate;
Node *defaultExpr;
/* Create a dummy ParseState for transformExpr */
pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
/*
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* Cook the constr->raw_expr into an expression. Note:
* name is strictly for error message
CREATE DOMAIN ... DEFAULT NULL failed because gram.y special-cases DEFAULT NULL and DefineDomain didn't. Bug goes all the way back to original coding of domains. Per bug #3396 from Sergey Burladyan.
2007-06-20 20:15:49 +02:00
*/
defaultExpr = cookDefault(pstate, constr->raw_expr,
basetypeoid,
basetypeMod,
domainName);
/*
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* If the expression is just a NULL constant, we treat it
* like not having a default.
Remove the hack in the grammar that "optimized away" DEFAULT NULL clauses. Instead put in a test to drop a NULL default at the last moment before storing the catalog entry. This changes the behavior in a couple of ways: * Specifying DEFAULT NULL when creating an inheritance child table will successfully suppress inheritance of any default expression from the parent's column, where formerly it failed to do so. * Specifying DEFAULT NULL for a column of a domain type will correctly override any default belonging to the domain; likewise for a sub-domain. The latter change happens because by the time the clause is checked, it won't be a simple null Const but a CoerceToDomain expression. Personally I think this should be back-patched, but there doesn't seem to be consensus for that on pgsql-hackers, so refraining.
2007-10-29 20:40:40 +01:00
*
* Note that if the basetype is another domain, we'll see
* a CoerceToDomain expr here and not discard the default.
* This is critical because the domain default needs to be
* retained to override any default that the base domain
* might have.
CREATE DOMAIN ... DEFAULT NULL failed because gram.y special-cases DEFAULT NULL and DefineDomain didn't. Bug goes all the way back to original coding of domains. Per bug #3396 from Sergey Burladyan.
2007-06-20 20:15:49 +02:00
*/
Remove the hack in the grammar that "optimized away" DEFAULT NULL clauses. Instead put in a test to drop a NULL default at the last moment before storing the catalog entry. This changes the behavior in a couple of ways: * Specifying DEFAULT NULL when creating an inheritance child table will successfully suppress inheritance of any default expression from the parent's column, where formerly it failed to do so. * Specifying DEFAULT NULL for a column of a domain type will correctly override any default belonging to the domain; likewise for a sub-domain. The latter change happens because by the time the clause is checked, it won't be a simple null Const but a CoerceToDomain expression. Personally I think this should be back-patched, but there doesn't seem to be consensus for that on pgsql-hackers, so refraining.
2007-10-29 20:40:40 +01:00
if (defaultExpr == NULL ||
(IsA(defaultExpr, Const) &&
((Const *) defaultExpr)->constisnull))
{
defaultValue = NULL;
defaultValueBin = NULL;
}
else
{
/*
* Expression must be stored as a nodeToString result,
* but we also require a valid textual representation
* (mainly to make life easier for pg_dump).
*/
defaultValue =
deparse_expression(defaultExpr,
deparse_context_for(domainName,
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
InvalidOid),
Remove the hack in the grammar that "optimized away" DEFAULT NULL clauses. Instead put in a test to drop a NULL default at the last moment before storing the catalog entry. This changes the behavior in a couple of ways: * Specifying DEFAULT NULL when creating an inheritance child table will successfully suppress inheritance of any default expression from the parent's column, where formerly it failed to do so. * Specifying DEFAULT NULL for a column of a domain type will correctly override any default belonging to the domain; likewise for a sub-domain. The latter change happens because by the time the clause is checked, it won't be a simple null Const but a CoerceToDomain expression. Personally I think this should be back-patched, but there doesn't seem to be consensus for that on pgsql-hackers, so refraining.
2007-10-29 20:40:40 +01:00
false, false);
defaultValueBin = nodeToString(defaultExpr);
}
CREATE DOMAIN ... DEFAULT NULL failed because gram.y special-cases DEFAULT NULL and DefineDomain didn't. Bug goes all the way back to original coding of domains. Per bug #3396 from Sergey Burladyan.
2007-06-20 20:15:49 +02:00
}
else
{
Remove the hack in the grammar that "optimized away" DEFAULT NULL clauses. Instead put in a test to drop a NULL default at the last moment before storing the catalog entry. This changes the behavior in a couple of ways: * Specifying DEFAULT NULL when creating an inheritance child table will successfully suppress inheritance of any default expression from the parent's column, where formerly it failed to do so. * Specifying DEFAULT NULL for a column of a domain type will correctly override any default belonging to the domain; likewise for a sub-domain. The latter change happens because by the time the clause is checked, it won't be a simple null Const but a CoerceToDomain expression. Personally I think this should be back-patched, but there doesn't seem to be consensus for that on pgsql-hackers, so refraining.
2007-10-29 20:40:40 +01:00
/* No default (can this still happen?) */
CREATE DOMAIN ... DEFAULT NULL failed because gram.y special-cases DEFAULT NULL and DefineDomain didn't. Bug goes all the way back to original coding of domains. Per bug #3396 from Sergey Burladyan.
2007-06-20 20:15:49 +02:00
defaultValue = NULL;
defaultValueBin = NULL;
}
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
break;
case CONSTR_NOTNULL:
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
if (nullDefined && !typNotNull)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
errmsg("conflicting NULL/NOT NULL constraints")));
Add more dependency insertions --- this completes the basic pg_depend functionality. Of note: dropping a table that has a SERIAL column defined now drops the associated sequence automatically.
2002-07-17 00:12:20 +02:00
typNotNull = true;
nullDefined = true;
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
break;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
case CONSTR_NULL:
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
if (nullDefined && typNotNull)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
errmsg("conflicting NULL/NOT NULL constraints")));
Add more dependency insertions --- this completes the basic pg_depend functionality. Of note: dropping a table that has a SERIAL column defined now drops the associated sequence automatically.
2002-07-17 00:12:20 +02:00
typNotNull = false;
nullDefined = true;
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
break;
case CONSTR_CHECK:
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
/*
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
* Check constraints are handled after domain creation, as
* they require the Oid of the domain
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
*/
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
break;
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
/*
* All else are error cases
*/
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
case CONSTR_UNIQUE:
ereport(ERROR,
Some "feature not supported" errors are better syntax errors, because the feature they complain about isn't a feature or cannot be implemented without definitional changes.
2003-09-10 01:22:21 +02:00
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
errmsg("unique constraints not possible for domains")));
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
break;
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
case CONSTR_PRIMARY:
ereport(ERROR,
Some "feature not supported" errors are better syntax errors, because the feature they complain about isn't a feature or cannot be implemented without definitional changes.
2003-09-10 01:22:21 +02:00
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
errmsg("primary key constraints not possible for domains")));
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
break;
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
case CONSTR_EXCLUSION:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
errmsg("exclusion constraints not possible for domains")));
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
break;
Merge the Constraint and FkConstraint node types into a single type. This was foreseen to be a good idea long ago, but nobody had got round to doing it. The recent patch for deferred unique constraints made transformConstraintAttrs() ugly enough that I decided it was time. This change will also greatly simplify parsing of deferred CHECK constraints, if anyone ever gets around to implementing that. While at it, add a location field to Constraint, and use that to provide an error cursor for some of the constraint-related error messages.
2009-07-30 04:45:38 +02:00
case CONSTR_FOREIGN:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("foreign key constraints not possible for domains")));
break;
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
case CONSTR_ATTR_DEFERRABLE:
case CONSTR_ATTR_NOT_DEFERRABLE:
case CONSTR_ATTR_DEFERRED:
case CONSTR_ATTR_IMMEDIATE:
ereport(ERROR,
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
Some "feature not supported" errors are better syntax errors, because the feature they complain about isn't a feature or cannot be implemented without definitional changes.
2003-09-10 01:22:21 +02:00
errmsg("specifying constraint deferrability not supported for domains")));
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
break;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
default:
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized constraint subtype: %d",
(int) constr->contype);
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
break;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
}
}
/*
* Have TypeCreate do all the real work.
*/
Add more dependency insertions --- this completes the basic pg_depend functionality. Of note: dropping a table that has a SERIAL column defined now drops the associated sequence automatically.
2002-07-17 00:12:20 +02:00
domainoid =
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
TypeCreate(InvalidOid, /* no predetermined type OID */
domainName, /* type name */
Add more dependency insertions --- this completes the basic pg_depend functionality. Of note: dropping a table that has a SERIAL column defined now drops the associated sequence automatically.
2002-07-17 00:12:20 +02:00
domainNamespace, /* namespace */
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
InvalidOid, /* relation oid (n/a here) */
0, /* relation kind (ditto) */
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
GetUserId(), /* owner's ID */
Add more dependency insertions --- this completes the basic pg_depend functionality. Of note: dropping a table that has a SERIAL column defined now drops the associated sequence automatically.
2002-07-17 00:12:20 +02:00
internalLength, /* internal size */
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
TYPTYPE_DOMAIN, /* type-type (domain type) */
Replace the hard-wired type knowledge in TypeCategory() and IsPreferredType() with system catalog lookups, as was foreseen to be necessary almost since their creation. Instead put the information into two new pg_type columns, typcategory and typispreferred. Add support for setting these when creating a user-defined base type. The category column is just a "char" (i.e. a poor man's enum), allowing a crude form of user extensibility of the category list: just use an otherwise-unused character. This seems sufficient for foreseen uses, but we could upgrade to having an actual category catalog someday, if there proves to be a huge demand for custom type categories. In this patch I have attempted to hew exactly to the behavior of the previous hardwired logic, except for introducing new type categories for arrays, composites, and enums. In particular the default preferred state for user-defined types remains TRUE. That seems worth revisiting, but it should be done as a separate patch from introducing the infrastructure. Likewise, any adjustment of the standard set of categories should be done separately.
2008-07-30 19:05:05 +02:00
category, /* type-category */
Flip the default typispreferred setting from true to false. This affects only type categories in which the previous coding made *every* type preferred; so there is no change in effective behavior, because the function resolution rules only do something different when faced with a choice between preferred and non-preferred types in the same category. It just seems safer and less surprising to have CREATE TYPE default to non-preferred status ...
2008-07-30 21:35:13 +02:00
false, /* domain types are never preferred */
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
delimiter, /* array element delimiter */
Add more dependency insertions --- this completes the basic pg_depend functionality. Of note: dropping a table that has a SERIAL column defined now drops the associated sequence automatically.
2002-07-17 00:12:20 +02:00
inputProcedure, /* input procedure */
outputProcedure, /* output procedure */
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
receiveProcedure, /* receive procedure */
sendProcedure, /* send procedure */
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
InvalidOid, /* typmodin procedure - none */
InvalidOid, /* typmodout procedure - none */
Add hooks for type-specific calculation of ANALYZE statistics. Idea and coding by Mark Cave-Ayland, some kibitzing by Tom Lane. initdb forced due to new column in pg_type.
2004-02-13 00:41:04 +01:00
analyzeProcedure, /* analyze procedure */
Improve handling of domains over arrays. This patch eliminates various bizarre behaviors caused by sloppy thinking about the difference between a domain type and its underlying array type. In particular, the operation of updating one element of such an array has to be considered as yielding a value of the underlying array type, *not* a value of the domain, because there's no assurance that the domain's CHECK constraints are still satisfied. If we're intending to store the result back into a domain column, we have to re-cast to the domain type so that constraints are re-checked. For similar reasons, such a domain can't be blindly matched to an ANYARRAY polymorphic parameter, because the polymorphic function is likely to apply array-ish operations that could invalidate the domain constraints. For the moment, we just forbid such matching. We might later wish to insert an automatic downcast to the underlying array type, but such a change should also change matching of domains to ANYELEMENT for consistency. To ensure that all such logic is rechecked, this patch removes the original hack of setting a domain's pg_type.typelem field to match its base type; the typelem will always be zero instead. In those places where it's really okay to look through the domain type with no other logic changes, use the newly added get_base_element_type function in place of get_element_type. catversion bumped due to change in pg_type contents. Per bug #5717 from Richard Huxton and subsequent discussion.
2010-10-21 22:07:17 +02:00
InvalidOid, /* no array element type */
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
false, /* this isn't an array */
InvalidOid, /* no arrays for domains (yet) */
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
basetypeoid, /* base type ID */
defaultValue, /* default type value (text) */
Add more dependency insertions --- this completes the basic pg_depend functionality. Of note: dropping a table that has a SERIAL column defined now drops the associated sequence automatically.
2002-07-17 00:12:20 +02:00
defaultValueBin, /* default type value (binary) */
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
byValue, /* passed by value */
alignment, /* required alignment */
storage, /* TOAST strategy */
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
basetypeMod, /* typeMod value */
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
typNDims, /* Array dimensions for base type */
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
typNotNull, /* Type NOT NULL */
baseColl);
Add DOMAIN check constraints. Rod Taylor
2002-11-15 03:50:21 +01:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Process constraints which refer to the domain ID returned by TypeCreate
Add DOMAIN check constraints. Rod Taylor
2002-11-15 03:50:21 +01:00
*/
foreach(listptr, schema)
{
Constraint *constr = lfirst(listptr);
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
/* it must be a Constraint, per check above */
Add DOMAIN check constraints. Rod Taylor
2002-11-15 03:50:21 +01:00
switch (constr->contype)
{
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
case CONSTR_CHECK:
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
domainAddConstraint(domainoid, domainNamespace,
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
basetypeoid, basetypeMod,
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
constr, domainName);
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
break;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
/* Other constraint types were fully processed above */
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
Add DOMAIN check constraints. Rod Taylor
2002-11-15 03:50:21 +01:00
default:
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
break;
Add DOMAIN check constraints. Rod Taylor
2002-11-15 03:50:21 +01:00
}
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
/* CCI so we can detect duplicate constraint names */
CommandCounterIncrement();
Add DOMAIN check constraints. Rod Taylor
2002-11-15 03:50:21 +01:00
}
Add more dependency insertions --- this completes the basic pg_depend functionality. Of note: dropping a table that has a SERIAL column defined now drops the associated sequence automatically.
2002-07-17 00:12:20 +02:00
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/*
* Now we can clean up.
*/
ReleaseSysCache(typeTup);
}
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
/*
* DefineEnum
* Registers a new enum.
*/
void
Re-run pgindent with updated list of typedefs. (Updated README should avoid this problem in the future.)
2007-11-15 23:25:18 +01:00
DefineEnum(CreateEnumStmt *stmt)
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
{
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
char *enumName;
char *enumArrayName;
Oid enumNamespace;
Oid enumTypeOid;
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
AclResult aclresult;
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
Oid old_type_oid;
Oid enumArrayOid;
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
/* Convert list of names to a name and namespace */
Make backend header files C++ safe This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still (probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers. based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org> Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 08:33:46 +02:00
enumNamespace = QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(stmt->typeName,
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
&enumName);
/* Check we have creation rights in target namespace */
aclresult = pg_namespace_aclcheck(enumNamespace, GetUserId(), ACL_CREATE);
if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
aclcheck_error(aclresult, ACL_KIND_NAMESPACE,
get_namespace_name(enumNamespace));
Fix the problem that creating a user-defined type named _foo, followed by one named foo, would work but the other ordering would not. If a user-specified type or table name collides with an existing auto-generated array name, just rename the array type out of the way by prepending more underscores. This should not create any backward-compatibility issues, since the cases in which this will happen would have failed outright in prior releases. Also fix an oversight in the arrays-of-composites patch: ALTER TABLE RENAME renamed the table's rowtype but not its array type.
2007-05-12 02:55:00 +02:00
/*
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* Check for collision with an existing type name. If there is one and
Fix the problem that creating a user-defined type named _foo, followed by one named foo, would work but the other ordering would not. If a user-specified type or table name collides with an existing auto-generated array name, just rename the array type out of the way by prepending more underscores. This should not create any backward-compatibility issues, since the cases in which this will happen would have failed outright in prior releases. Also fix an oversight in the arrays-of-composites patch: ALTER TABLE RENAME renamed the table's rowtype but not its array type.
2007-05-12 02:55:00 +02:00
* it's an autogenerated array, we can rename it out of the way.
*/
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
old_type_oid = GetSysCacheOid2(TYPENAMENSP,
CStringGetDatum(enumName),
ObjectIdGetDatum(enumNamespace));
Fix the problem that creating a user-defined type named _foo, followed by one named foo, would work but the other ordering would not. If a user-specified type or table name collides with an existing auto-generated array name, just rename the array type out of the way by prepending more underscores. This should not create any backward-compatibility issues, since the cases in which this will happen would have failed outright in prior releases. Also fix an oversight in the arrays-of-composites patch: ALTER TABLE RENAME renamed the table's rowtype but not its array type.
2007-05-12 02:55:00 +02:00
if (OidIsValid(old_type_oid))
{
if (!moveArrayTypeName(old_type_oid, enumName, enumNamespace))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
errmsg("type \"%s\" already exists", enumName)));
}
Binary upgrade: Modify pg_dump --binary-upgrade and add backend support routines to support the preservation of pg_type oids when doing a binary upgrade. This allows user-defined composite types and arrays to be binary upgraded.
2009-12-24 23:09:24 +01:00
enumArrayOid = AssignTypeArrayOid();
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
/* Create the pg_type entry */
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
enumTypeOid =
TypeCreate(InvalidOid, /* no predetermined type OID */
enumName, /* type name */
enumNamespace, /* namespace */
InvalidOid, /* relation oid (n/a here) */
0, /* relation kind (ditto) */
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
GetUserId(), /* owner's ID */
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
sizeof(Oid), /* internal size */
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
TYPTYPE_ENUM, /* type-type (enum type) */
Replace the hard-wired type knowledge in TypeCategory() and IsPreferredType() with system catalog lookups, as was foreseen to be necessary almost since their creation. Instead put the information into two new pg_type columns, typcategory and typispreferred. Add support for setting these when creating a user-defined base type. The category column is just a "char" (i.e. a poor man's enum), allowing a crude form of user extensibility of the category list: just use an otherwise-unused character. This seems sufficient for foreseen uses, but we could upgrade to having an actual category catalog someday, if there proves to be a huge demand for custom type categories. In this patch I have attempted to hew exactly to the behavior of the previous hardwired logic, except for introducing new type categories for arrays, composites, and enums. In particular the default preferred state for user-defined types remains TRUE. That seems worth revisiting, but it should be done as a separate patch from introducing the infrastructure. Likewise, any adjustment of the standard set of categories should be done separately.
2008-07-30 19:05:05 +02:00
TYPCATEGORY_ENUM, /* type-category (enum type) */
Flip the default typispreferred setting from true to false. This affects only type categories in which the previous coding made *every* type preferred; so there is no change in effective behavior, because the function resolution rules only do something different when faced with a choice between preferred and non-preferred types in the same category. It just seems safer and less surprising to have CREATE TYPE default to non-preferred status ...
2008-07-30 21:35:13 +02:00
false, /* enum types are never preferred */
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
DEFAULT_TYPDELIM, /* array element delimiter */
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
F_ENUM_IN, /* input procedure */
F_ENUM_OUT, /* output procedure */
F_ENUM_RECV, /* receive procedure */
F_ENUM_SEND, /* send procedure */
InvalidOid, /* typmodin procedure - none */
InvalidOid, /* typmodout procedure - none */
InvalidOid, /* analyze procedure - default */
InvalidOid, /* element type ID */
false, /* this is not an array type */
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
enumArrayOid, /* array type we are about to create */
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
InvalidOid, /* base type ID (only for domains) */
NULL, /* never a default type value */
NULL, /* binary default isn't sent either */
true, /* always passed by value */
'i', /* int alignment */
'p', /* TOAST strategy always plain */
-1, /* typMod (Domains only) */
0, /* Array dimensions of typbasetype */
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
false, /* Type NOT NULL */
InvalidOid); /* typcollation */
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
/* Enter the enum's values into pg_enum */
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
EnumValuesCreate(enumTypeOid, stmt->vals);
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
/*
* Create the array type that goes with it.
*/
enumArrayName = makeArrayTypeName(enumName, enumNamespace);
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
TypeCreate(enumArrayOid, /* force assignment of this type OID */
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
enumArrayName, /* type name */
enumNamespace, /* namespace */
InvalidOid, /* relation oid (n/a here) */
0, /* relation kind (ditto) */
Repair a longstanding bug in CLUSTER and the rewriting variants of ALTER TABLE: if the command is executed by someone other than the table owner (eg, a superuser) and the table has a toast table, the toast table's pg_type row ends up with the wrong typowner, ie, the command issuer not the table owner. This is quite harmless for most purposes, since no interesting permissions checks consult the pg_type row. However, it could lead to unexpected failures if one later tries to drop the role that issued the command (in 8.1 or 8.2), or strange warnings from pg_dump afterwards (in 8.3 and up, which will allow the DROP ROLE because we don't create a "redundant" owner dependency for table rowtypes). Problem identified by Cott Lang. Back-patch to 8.1. The problem is actually far older --- the CLUSTER variant can be demonstrated in 7.0 --- but it's mostly cosmetic before 8.1 because we didn't track ownership dependencies before 8.1. Also, fixing it before 8.1 would require changing the call signature of heap_create_with_catalog(), which seems to carry a nontrivial risk of breaking add-on modules.
2009-02-24 02:38:10 +01:00
GetUserId(), /* owner's ID */
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
-1, /* internal size (always varlena) */
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
TYPTYPE_BASE, /* type-type (base type) */
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
TYPCATEGORY_ARRAY, /* type-category (array) */
Flip the default typispreferred setting from true to false. This affects only type categories in which the previous coding made *every* type preferred; so there is no change in effective behavior, because the function resolution rules only do something different when faced with a choice between preferred and non-preferred types in the same category. It just seems safer and less surprising to have CREATE TYPE default to non-preferred status ...
2008-07-30 21:35:13 +02:00
false, /* array types are never preferred */
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
DEFAULT_TYPDELIM, /* array element delimiter */
F_ARRAY_IN, /* input procedure */
F_ARRAY_OUT, /* output procedure */
F_ARRAY_RECV, /* receive procedure */
F_ARRAY_SEND, /* send procedure */
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
InvalidOid, /* typmodin procedure - none */
InvalidOid, /* typmodout procedure - none */
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
InvalidOid, /* analyze procedure - default */
enumTypeOid, /* element type ID */
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
true, /* yes this is an array type */
InvalidOid, /* no further array type */
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
InvalidOid, /* base type ID */
NULL, /* never a default type value */
NULL, /* binary default isn't sent either */
false, /* never passed by value */
'i', /* enums have align i, so do their arrays */
'x', /* ARRAY is always toastable */
-1, /* typMod (Domains only) */
0, /* Array dimensions of typbasetype */
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
false, /* Type NOT NULL */
InvalidOid); /* typcollation */
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
pfree(enumArrayName);
}
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
/*
* AlterEnum
* Adds a new label to an existing enum.
*/
void
AlterEnum(AlterEnumStmt *stmt)
{
Oid enum_type_oid;
TypeName *typename;
HeapTuple tup;
/* Make a TypeName so we can use standard type lookup machinery */
typename = makeTypeNameFromNameList(stmt->typeName);
Refactor typenameTypeId() Split the old typenameTypeId() into two functions: A new typenameTypeId() that returns only a type OID, and typenameTypeIdAndMod() that returns type OID and typmod. This isolates call sites better that actually care about the typmod.
2010-10-25 20:40:46 +02:00
enum_type_oid = typenameTypeId(NULL, typename);
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
tup = SearchSysCache1(TYPEOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(enum_type_oid));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", enum_type_oid);
/* Check it's an enum and check user has permission to ALTER the enum */
checkEnumOwner(tup);
/* Add the new label */
AddEnumLabel(enum_type_oid, stmt->newVal,
stmt->newValNeighbor, stmt->newValIsAfter);
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
}
/*
* checkEnumOwner
*
* Check that the type is actually an enum and that the current user
* has permission to do ALTER TYPE on it. Throw an error if not.
*/
static void
checkEnumOwner(HeapTuple tup)
{
Form_pg_type typTup = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
/* Check that this is actually an enum */
if (typTup->typtype != TYPTYPE_ENUM)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("%s is not an enum",
format_type_be(HeapTupleGetOid(tup)))));
/* Permission check: must own type */
if (!pg_type_ownercheck(HeapTupleGetOid(tup), GetUserId()))
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_TYPE,
format_type_be(HeapTupleGetOid(tup)));
}
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/*
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
* Find suitable I/O functions for a type.
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
*
Provide an upgrade strategy for dump files containing functions declared with OPAQUE. CREATE LANGUAGE, CREATE TRIGGER, and CREATE TYPE will all accept references to functions declared with OPAQUE --- but they will issue a NOTICE, and will modify the function entries in pg_proc to have the preferred type-safe argument or result types instead of OPAQUE. Per recent pghackers discussions.
2002-09-21 20:39:26 +02:00
* typeOid is the type's OID (which will already exist, if only as a shell
* type).
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
*/
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
static Oid
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
findTypeInputFunction(List *procname, Oid typeOid)
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
{
Officially decouple FUNC_MAX_ARGS from INDEX_MAX_KEYS, and set the former to 100 by default. Clean up some of the less necessary dependencies on FUNC_MAX_ARGS; however, the biggie (FunctionCallInfoData) remains.
2005-03-29 05:01:32 +02:00
Oid argList[3];
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Oid procOid;
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Input functions can take a single argument of type CSTRING, or three
* arguments (string, typioparam OID, typmod).
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
*
Re-run pgindent, fixing a problem where comment lines after a blank comment line where output as too long, and update typedefs for /lib directory. Also fix case where identifiers were used as variable names in the backend, but as typedefs in ecpg (favor the backend for indenting). Backpatch to 8.1.X.
2005-11-22 19:17:34 +01:00
* For backwards compatibility we allow OPAQUE in place of CSTRING; if we
* see this, we issue a warning and fix up the pg_proc entry.
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
*/
argList[0] = CSTRINGOID;
Some early work on error message editing. Operator-not-found and function-not-found messages now distinguish the cases no-match and ambiguous-match, and they follow the style guidelines too.
2003-07-04 04:51:34 +02:00
procOid = LookupFuncName(procname, 1, argList, true);
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
if (OidIsValid(procOid))
return procOid;
argList[1] = OIDOID;
argList[2] = INT4OID;
Some early work on error message editing. Operator-not-found and function-not-found messages now distinguish the cases no-match and ambiguous-match, and they follow the style guidelines too.
2003-07-04 04:51:34 +02:00
procOid = LookupFuncName(procname, 3, argList, true);
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
if (OidIsValid(procOid))
return procOid;
/* No luck, try it with OPAQUE */
argList[0] = OPAQUEOID;
Some early work on error message editing. Operator-not-found and function-not-found messages now distinguish the cases no-match and ambiguous-match, and they follow the style guidelines too.
2003-07-04 04:51:34 +02:00
procOid = LookupFuncName(procname, 1, argList, true);
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
if (!OidIsValid(procOid))
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
{
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
argList[1] = OIDOID;
argList[2] = INT4OID;
Some early work on error message editing. Operator-not-found and function-not-found messages now distinguish the cases no-match and ambiguous-match, and they follow the style guidelines too.
2003-07-04 04:51:34 +02:00
procOid = LookupFuncName(procname, 3, argList, true);
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
}
if (OidIsValid(procOid))
{
/* Found, but must complain and fix the pg_proc entry */
Change some notices to warnings and vice versa according to criteria developed on -hackers.
2003-10-02 08:34:04 +02:00
ereport(WARNING,
Message editing: remove gratuitous variations in message wording, standardize terms, add some clarifications, fix some untranslatable attempts at dynamic message building.
2003-09-25 08:58:07 +02:00
(errmsg("changing argument type of function %s from \"opaque\" to \"cstring\"",
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
NameListToString(procname))));
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
SetFunctionArgType(procOid, 0, CSTRINGOID);
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Need CommandCounterIncrement since DefineType will likely try to
* alter the pg_proc tuple again.
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
*/
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
CommandCounterIncrement();
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
return procOid;
}
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
/* Use CSTRING (preferred) in the error message */
argList[0] = CSTRINGOID;
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
errmsg("function %s does not exist",
Support use of function argument names to identify which actual arguments match which function parameters. The syntax uses AS, for example funcname(value AS arg1, anothervalue AS arg2) Pavel Stehule
2009-10-08 04:39:25 +02:00
func_signature_string(procname, 1, NIL, argList))));
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
return InvalidOid; /* keep compiler quiet */
}
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
static Oid
findTypeOutputFunction(List *procname, Oid typeOid)
{
Change CREATE TYPE to require datatype output and send functions to have only one argument. (Per recent discussion, the option to accept multiple arguments is pretty useless for user-defined types, and would be a likely source of security holes if it was used.) Simplify call sites of output/send functions to not bother passing more than one argument.
2005-05-01 20:56:19 +02:00
Oid argList[1];
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
Oid procOid;
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
/*
Change CREATE TYPE to require datatype output and send functions to have only one argument. (Per recent discussion, the option to accept multiple arguments is pretty useless for user-defined types, and would be a likely source of security holes if it was used.) Simplify call sites of output/send functions to not bother passing more than one argument.
2005-05-01 20:56:19 +02:00
* Output functions can take a single argument of the type.
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* For backwards compatibility we allow OPAQUE in place of the actual type
* name; if we see this, we issue a warning and fix up the pg_proc entry.
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
*/
argList[0] = typeOid;
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
Some early work on error message editing. Operator-not-found and function-not-found messages now distinguish the cases no-match and ambiguous-match, and they follow the style guidelines too.
2003-07-04 04:51:34 +02:00
procOid = LookupFuncName(procname, 1, argList, true);
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
if (OidIsValid(procOid))
return procOid;
Provide an upgrade strategy for dump files containing functions declared with OPAQUE. CREATE LANGUAGE, CREATE TRIGGER, and CREATE TYPE will all accept references to functions declared with OPAQUE --- but they will issue a NOTICE, and will modify the function entries in pg_proc to have the preferred type-safe argument or result types instead of OPAQUE. Per recent pghackers discussions.
2002-09-21 20:39:26 +02:00
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
/* No luck, try it with OPAQUE */
argList[0] = OPAQUEOID;
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
Some early work on error message editing. Operator-not-found and function-not-found messages now distinguish the cases no-match and ambiguous-match, and they follow the style guidelines too.
2003-07-04 04:51:34 +02:00
procOid = LookupFuncName(procname, 1, argList, true);
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
if (OidIsValid(procOid))
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
{
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
/* Found, but must complain and fix the pg_proc entry */
Change some notices to warnings and vice versa according to criteria developed on -hackers.
2003-10-02 08:34:04 +02:00
ereport(WARNING,
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
(errmsg("changing argument type of function %s from \"opaque\" to %s",
NameListToString(procname), format_type_be(typeOid))));
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
SetFunctionArgType(procOid, 0, typeOid);
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Need CommandCounterIncrement since DefineType will likely try to
* alter the pg_proc tuple again.
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
*/
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
CommandCounterIncrement();
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
return procOid;
}
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
/* Use type name, not OPAQUE, in the failure message. */
argList[0] = typeOid;
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
errmsg("function %s does not exist",
Support use of function argument names to identify which actual arguments match which function parameters. The syntax uses AS, for example funcname(value AS arg1, anothervalue AS arg2) Pavel Stehule
2009-10-08 04:39:25 +02:00
func_signature_string(procname, 1, NIL, argList))));
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
return InvalidOid; /* keep compiler quiet */
}
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
static Oid
findTypeReceiveFunction(List *procname, Oid typeOid)
{
Change typreceive function API so that receive functions get the same optional arguments as text input functions, ie, typioparam OID and atttypmod. Make all the datatypes that use typmod enforce it the same way in typreceive as they do in typinput. This fixes a problem with failure to enforce length restrictions during COPY FROM BINARY.
2005-07-10 23:14:00 +02:00
Oid argList[3];
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
Oid procOid;
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Receive functions can take a single argument of type INTERNAL, or three
* arguments (internal, typioparam OID, typmod).
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
*/
argList[0] = INTERNALOID;
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
Some early work on error message editing. Operator-not-found and function-not-found messages now distinguish the cases no-match and ambiguous-match, and they follow the style guidelines too.
2003-07-04 04:51:34 +02:00
procOid = LookupFuncName(procname, 1, argList, true);
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
if (OidIsValid(procOid))
return procOid;
Provide an upgrade strategy for dump files containing functions declared with OPAQUE. CREATE LANGUAGE, CREATE TRIGGER, and CREATE TYPE will all accept references to functions declared with OPAQUE --- but they will issue a NOTICE, and will modify the function entries in pg_proc to have the preferred type-safe argument or result types instead of OPAQUE. Per recent pghackers discussions.
2002-09-21 20:39:26 +02:00
Implement array_send/array_recv (binary I/O for arrays). This exposed the folly of not passing element type to typsend/typreceive, so fix that.
2003-05-10 01:01:45 +02:00
argList[1] = OIDOID;
Change typreceive function API so that receive functions get the same optional arguments as text input functions, ie, typioparam OID and atttypmod. Make all the datatypes that use typmod enforce it the same way in typreceive as they do in typinput. This fixes a problem with failure to enforce length restrictions during COPY FROM BINARY.
2005-07-10 23:14:00 +02:00
argList[2] = INT4OID;
Implement array_send/array_recv (binary I/O for arrays). This exposed the folly of not passing element type to typsend/typreceive, so fix that.
2003-05-10 01:01:45 +02:00
Change typreceive function API so that receive functions get the same optional arguments as text input functions, ie, typioparam OID and atttypmod. Make all the datatypes that use typmod enforce it the same way in typreceive as they do in typinput. This fixes a problem with failure to enforce length restrictions during COPY FROM BINARY.
2005-07-10 23:14:00 +02:00
procOid = LookupFuncName(procname, 3, argList, true);
Implement array_send/array_recv (binary I/O for arrays). This exposed the folly of not passing element type to typsend/typreceive, so fix that.
2003-05-10 01:01:45 +02:00
if (OidIsValid(procOid))
return procOid;
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
errmsg("function %s does not exist",
Support use of function argument names to identify which actual arguments match which function parameters. The syntax uses AS, for example funcname(value AS arg1, anothervalue AS arg2) Pavel Stehule
2009-10-08 04:39:25 +02:00
func_signature_string(procname, 1, NIL, argList))));
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
return InvalidOid; /* keep compiler quiet */
}
Provide an upgrade strategy for dump files containing functions declared with OPAQUE. CREATE LANGUAGE, CREATE TRIGGER, and CREATE TYPE will all accept references to functions declared with OPAQUE --- but they will issue a NOTICE, and will modify the function entries in pg_proc to have the preferred type-safe argument or result types instead of OPAQUE. Per recent pghackers discussions.
2002-09-21 20:39:26 +02:00
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
static Oid
findTypeSendFunction(List *procname, Oid typeOid)
{
Change CREATE TYPE to require datatype output and send functions to have only one argument. (Per recent discussion, the option to accept multiple arguments is pretty useless for user-defined types, and would be a likely source of security holes if it was used.) Simplify call sites of output/send functions to not bother passing more than one argument.
2005-05-01 20:56:19 +02:00
Oid argList[1];
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
Oid procOid;
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
/*
Change CREATE TYPE to require datatype output and send functions to have only one argument. (Per recent discussion, the option to accept multiple arguments is pretty useless for user-defined types, and would be a likely source of security holes if it was used.) Simplify call sites of output/send functions to not bother passing more than one argument.
2005-05-01 20:56:19 +02:00
* Send functions can take a single argument of the type.
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
*/
argList[0] = typeOid;
Some early work on error message editing. Operator-not-found and function-not-found messages now distinguish the cases no-match and ambiguous-match, and they follow the style guidelines too.
2003-07-04 04:51:34 +02:00
procOid = LookupFuncName(procname, 1, argList, true);
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
if (OidIsValid(procOid))
return procOid;
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
errmsg("function %s does not exist",
Support use of function argument names to identify which actual arguments match which function parameters. The syntax uses AS, for example funcname(value AS arg1, anothervalue AS arg2) Pavel Stehule
2009-10-08 04:39:25 +02:00
func_signature_string(procname, 1, NIL, argList))));
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
return InvalidOid; /* keep compiler quiet */
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
}
Tom Lane wrote: > There's no longer a separate call to heap_storage_create in that routine > --- the right place to make the test is now in the storage_create > boolean parameter being passed to heap_create. A simple change, but > it passeth patch's understanding ... Thanks. Attached is a patch against cvs tip as of 8:30 PM PST or so. Turned out that even after fixing the failed hunks, there was a new spot in bufmgr.c which needed to be fixed (related to temp relations; RelationUpdateNumberOfBlocks). But thankfully the regression test code caught it :-) Joe Conway
2002-08-15 18:36:08 +02:00
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
static Oid
findTypeTypmodinFunction(List *procname)
{
Oid argList[1];
Oid procOid;
/*
Tweak the API for per-datatype typmodin functions so that they are passed an array of strings rather than an array of integers, and allow any simple constant or identifier to be used in typmods; for example create table foo (f1 widget(42,'23skidoo',point)); Of course the typmodin function has still got to pack this info into a non-negative int32 for storage, but it's still a useful improvement in flexibility, especially considering that you can do nearly anything if you are willing to keep the info in a side table. We can get away with this change since we have not yet released a version providing user-definable typmods. Per discussion.
2007-06-15 22:56:52 +02:00
* typmodin functions always take one cstring[] argument and return int4.
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
*/
Tweak the API for per-datatype typmodin functions so that they are passed an array of strings rather than an array of integers, and allow any simple constant or identifier to be used in typmods; for example create table foo (f1 widget(42,'23skidoo',point)); Of course the typmodin function has still got to pack this info into a non-negative int32 for storage, but it's still a useful improvement in flexibility, especially considering that you can do nearly anything if you are willing to keep the info in a side table. We can get away with this change since we have not yet released a version providing user-definable typmods. Per discussion.
2007-06-15 22:56:52 +02:00
argList[0] = CSTRINGARRAYOID;
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
procOid = LookupFuncName(procname, 1, argList, true);
if (!OidIsValid(procOid))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
errmsg("function %s does not exist",
Support use of function argument names to identify which actual arguments match which function parameters. The syntax uses AS, for example funcname(value AS arg1, anothervalue AS arg2) Pavel Stehule
2009-10-08 04:39:25 +02:00
func_signature_string(procname, 1, NIL, argList))));
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
if (get_func_rettype(procOid) != INT4OID)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("typmod_in function %s must return type \"integer\"",
NameListToString(procname))));
return procOid;
}
static Oid
findTypeTypmodoutFunction(List *procname)
{
Oid argList[1];
Oid procOid;
/*
* typmodout functions always take one int4 argument and return cstring.
*/
argList[0] = INT4OID;
procOid = LookupFuncName(procname, 1, argList, true);
if (!OidIsValid(procOid))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
errmsg("function %s does not exist",
Support use of function argument names to identify which actual arguments match which function parameters. The syntax uses AS, for example funcname(value AS arg1, anothervalue AS arg2) Pavel Stehule
2009-10-08 04:39:25 +02:00
func_signature_string(procname, 1, NIL, argList))));
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
if (get_func_rettype(procOid) != CSTRINGOID)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("typmod_out function %s must return type \"cstring\"",
NameListToString(procname))));
return procOid;
}
Add hooks for type-specific calculation of ANALYZE statistics. Idea and coding by Mark Cave-Ayland, some kibitzing by Tom Lane. initdb forced due to new column in pg_type.
2004-02-13 00:41:04 +01:00
static Oid
findTypeAnalyzeFunction(List *procname, Oid typeOid)
{
Officially decouple FUNC_MAX_ARGS from INDEX_MAX_KEYS, and set the former to 100 by default. Clean up some of the less necessary dependencies on FUNC_MAX_ARGS; however, the biggie (FunctionCallInfoData) remains.
2005-03-29 05:01:32 +02:00
Oid argList[1];
Add hooks for type-specific calculation of ANALYZE statistics. Idea and coding by Mark Cave-Ayland, some kibitzing by Tom Lane. initdb forced due to new column in pg_type.
2004-02-13 00:41:04 +01:00
Oid procOid;
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Analyze functions always take one INTERNAL argument and return bool.
Add hooks for type-specific calculation of ANALYZE statistics. Idea and coding by Mark Cave-Ayland, some kibitzing by Tom Lane. initdb forced due to new column in pg_type.
2004-02-13 00:41:04 +01:00
*/
argList[0] = INTERNALOID;
procOid = LookupFuncName(procname, 1, argList, true);
if (!OidIsValid(procOid))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
errmsg("function %s does not exist",
Support use of function argument names to identify which actual arguments match which function parameters. The syntax uses AS, for example funcname(value AS arg1, anothervalue AS arg2) Pavel Stehule
2009-10-08 04:39:25 +02:00
func_signature_string(procname, 1, NIL, argList))));
Add hooks for type-specific calculation of ANALYZE statistics. Idea and coding by Mark Cave-Ayland, some kibitzing by Tom Lane. initdb forced due to new column in pg_type.
2004-02-13 00:41:04 +01:00
if (get_func_rettype(procOid) != BOOLOID)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
errmsg("type analyze function %s must return type \"boolean\"",
NameListToString(procname))));
Add hooks for type-specific calculation of ANALYZE statistics. Idea and coding by Mark Cave-Ayland, some kibitzing by Tom Lane. initdb forced due to new column in pg_type.
2004-02-13 00:41:04 +01:00
return procOid;
}
Binary upgrade: Modify pg_dump --binary-upgrade and add backend support routines to support the preservation of pg_type oids when doing a binary upgrade. This allows user-defined composite types and arrays to be binary upgraded.
2009-12-24 23:09:24 +01:00
/*
* AssignTypeArrayOid
*
* Pre-assign the type's array OID for use in pg_type.typarray
*/
Oid
AssignTypeArrayOid(void)
{
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
Oid type_array_oid;
Binary upgrade: Modify pg_dump --binary-upgrade and add backend support routines to support the preservation of pg_type oids when doing a binary upgrade. This allows user-defined composite types and arrays to be binary upgraded.
2009-12-24 23:09:24 +01:00
Improve C comments about backend variables set by pg_upgrade_support functions.
2011-01-07 04:44:57 +01:00
/* Use binary-upgrade override for pg_type.typarray, if supplied. */
Force pg_upgrade's to preserve pg_class.oid, not pg_class.relfilenode. Toast tables have identical pg_class.oid and pg_class.relfilenode, but for clarity it is good to preserve the pg_class.oid. Update comments regarding what is preserved, and do some variable/function renaming for clarity.
2011-01-08 03:25:34 +01:00
if (OidIsValid(binary_upgrade_next_array_pg_type_oid))
Binary upgrade: Modify pg_dump --binary-upgrade and add backend support routines to support the preservation of pg_type oids when doing a binary upgrade. This allows user-defined composite types and arrays to be binary upgraded.
2009-12-24 23:09:24 +01:00
{
Force pg_upgrade's to preserve pg_class.oid, not pg_class.relfilenode. Toast tables have identical pg_class.oid and pg_class.relfilenode, but for clarity it is good to preserve the pg_class.oid. Update comments regarding what is preserved, and do some variable/function renaming for clarity.
2011-01-08 03:25:34 +01:00
type_array_oid = binary_upgrade_next_array_pg_type_oid;
binary_upgrade_next_array_pg_type_oid = InvalidOid;
Binary upgrade: Modify pg_dump --binary-upgrade and add backend support routines to support the preservation of pg_type oids when doing a binary upgrade. This allows user-defined composite types and arrays to be binary upgraded.
2009-12-24 23:09:24 +01:00
}
else
{
Relation pg_type = heap_open(TypeRelationId, AccessShareLock);
type_array_oid = GetNewOid(pg_type);
heap_close(pg_type, AccessShareLock);
}
return type_array_oid;
}
Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion. I still want to do some more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 02:01:51 +02:00
Tom Lane wrote: > There's no longer a separate call to heap_storage_create in that routine > --- the right place to make the test is now in the storage_create > boolean parameter being passed to heap_create. A simple change, but > it passeth patch's understanding ... Thanks. Attached is a patch against cvs tip as of 8:30 PM PST or so. Turned out that even after fixing the failed hunks, there was a new spot in bufmgr.c which needed to be fixed (related to temp relations; RelationUpdateNumberOfBlocks). But thankfully the regression test code caught it :-) Joe Conway
2002-08-15 18:36:08 +02:00
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------
* DefineCompositeType
*
* Create a Composite Type relation.
* `DefineRelation' does all the work, we just provide the correct
* arguments!
*
* If the relation already exists, then 'DefineRelation' will abort
* the xact...
*
* DefineCompositeType returns relid for use when creating
* an implicit composite type during function creation
*-------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Oid
DefineCompositeType(const RangeVar *typevar, List *coldeflist)
{
CreateStmt *createStmt = makeNode(CreateStmt);
Before attempting to create a composite type, check whether a type of that name already exists, so we'd get an error message about a "type" instead of about a "relation", because the composite type code shares code with relation creation.
2010-01-20 06:47:09 +01:00
Oid old_type_oid;
Oid typeNamespace;
CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS. Reviewed by Bernd Helmle.
2010-07-26 01:21:22 +02:00
Oid relid;
Tom Lane wrote: > There's no longer a separate call to heap_storage_create in that routine > --- the right place to make the test is now in the storage_create > boolean parameter being passed to heap_create. A simple change, but > it passeth patch's understanding ... Thanks. Attached is a patch against cvs tip as of 8:30 PM PST or so. Turned out that even after fixing the failed hunks, there was a new spot in bufmgr.c which needed to be fixed (related to temp relations; RelationUpdateNumberOfBlocks). But thankfully the regression test code caught it :-) Joe Conway
2002-08-15 18:36:08 +02:00
/*
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
* now set the parameters for keys/inheritance etc. All of these are
* uninteresting for composite types...
Tom Lane wrote: > There's no longer a separate call to heap_storage_create in that routine > --- the right place to make the test is now in the storage_create > boolean parameter being passed to heap_create. A simple change, but > it passeth patch's understanding ... Thanks. Attached is a patch against cvs tip as of 8:30 PM PST or so. Turned out that even after fixing the failed hunks, there was a new spot in bufmgr.c which needed to be fixed (related to temp relations; RelationUpdateNumberOfBlocks). But thankfully the regression test code caught it :-) Joe Conway
2002-08-15 18:36:08 +02:00
*/
createStmt->relation = (RangeVar *) typevar;
createStmt->tableElts = coldeflist;
createStmt->inhRelations = NIL;
createStmt->constraints = NIL;
Remove the recently added node types ReloptElem and OptionDefElem in favor of adding optional namespace and action fields to DefElem. Having three node types that do essentially the same thing bloats the code and leads to errors of confusion, such as in yesterday's bug report from Khee Chin.
2009-04-04 23:12:31 +02:00
createStmt->options = list_make1(defWithOids(false));
Code review for ON COMMIT patch. Make the actual on-commit action happen before commit, not after :-( --- the original coding is not only unsafe if an error occurs while it's processing, but it generates an invalid sequence of WAL entries. Resurrect 7.2 logic for deleting items when no longer needed. Use an enum instead of random macros. Editorialize on names used for routines and constants. Teach backend/nodes routines about new field in CreateTable struct. Add a regression test.
2002-11-11 23:19:25 +01:00
createStmt->oncommit = ONCOMMIT_NOOP;
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
createStmt->tablespacename = NULL;
CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS. Reviewed by Bernd Helmle.
2010-07-26 01:21:22 +02:00
createStmt->if_not_exists = false;
Tom Lane wrote: > There's no longer a separate call to heap_storage_create in that routine > --- the right place to make the test is now in the storage_create > boolean parameter being passed to heap_create. A simple change, but > it passeth patch's understanding ... Thanks. Attached is a patch against cvs tip as of 8:30 PM PST or so. Turned out that even after fixing the failed hunks, there was a new spot in bufmgr.c which needed to be fixed (related to temp relations; RelationUpdateNumberOfBlocks). But thankfully the regression test code caught it :-) Joe Conway
2002-08-15 18:36:08 +02:00
/*
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
* Check for collision with an existing type name. If there is one and
* it's an autogenerated array, we can rename it out of the way. This
* check is here mainly to get a better error message about a "type"
* instead of below about a "relation".
Before attempting to create a composite type, check whether a type of that name already exists, so we'd get an error message about a "type" instead of about a "relation", because the composite type code shares code with relation creation.
2010-01-20 06:47:09 +01:00
*/
typeNamespace = RangeVarGetCreationNamespace(createStmt->relation);
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
old_type_oid =
GetSysCacheOid2(TYPENAMENSP,
CStringGetDatum(createStmt->relation->relname),
ObjectIdGetDatum(typeNamespace));
Before attempting to create a composite type, check whether a type of that name already exists, so we'd get an error message about a "type" instead of about a "relation", because the composite type code shares code with relation creation.
2010-01-20 06:47:09 +01:00
if (OidIsValid(old_type_oid))
{
if (!moveArrayTypeName(old_type_oid, createStmt->relation->relname, typeNamespace))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
errmsg("type \"%s\" already exists", createStmt->relation->relname)));
}
/*
* Finally create the relation. This also creates the type.
Tom Lane wrote: > There's no longer a separate call to heap_storage_create in that routine > --- the right place to make the test is now in the storage_create > boolean parameter being passed to heap_create. A simple change, but > it passeth patch's understanding ... Thanks. Attached is a patch against cvs tip as of 8:30 PM PST or so. Turned out that even after fixing the failed hunks, there was a new spot in bufmgr.c which needed to be fixed (related to temp relations; RelationUpdateNumberOfBlocks). But thankfully the regression test code caught it :-) Joe Conway
2002-08-15 18:36:08 +02:00
*/
Fix failure of "ALTER TABLE t ADD COLUMN c serial" when done by non-owner. The implicitly created sequence was created as owned by the current user, who could be different from the table owner, eg if current user is a superuser or some member of the table's owning role. This caused sanity checks in the SEQUENCE OWNED BY code to spit up. Although possibly we don't need those sanity checks, the safest fix seems to be to make sure the implicit sequence is assigned the same owner role as the table has. (We still do all permissions checks as the current user, however.) Per report from Josh Berkus. Back-patch to 9.0. The bug goes back to the invention of SEQUENCE OWNED BY in 8.2, but the fix requires an API change for DefineRelation(), which seems to have potential for breaking third-party code if done in a minor release. Given the lack of prior complaints, it's probably not worth fixing in the stable branches.
2010-08-18 20:35:21 +02:00
relid = DefineRelation(createStmt, RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE, InvalidOid);
CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS. Reviewed by Bernd Helmle.
2010-07-26 01:21:22 +02:00
Assert(relid != InvalidOid);
return relid;
Tom Lane wrote: > There's no longer a separate call to heap_storage_create in that routine > --- the right place to make the test is now in the storage_create > boolean parameter being passed to heap_create. A simple change, but > it passeth patch's understanding ... Thanks. Attached is a patch against cvs tip as of 8:30 PM PST or so. Turned out that even after fixing the failed hunks, there was a new spot in bufmgr.c which needed to be fixed (related to temp relations; RelationUpdateNumberOfBlocks). But thankfully the regression test code caught it :-) Joe Conway
2002-08-15 18:36:08 +02:00
}
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/*
* AlterDomainDefault
*
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
* Routine implementing ALTER DOMAIN SET/DROP DEFAULT statements.
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
*/
void
AlterDomainDefault(List *names, Node *defaultRaw)
{
TypeName *typename;
Oid domainoid;
HeapTuple tup;
ParseState *pstate;
Relation rel;
char *defaultValue;
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Node *defaultExpr = NULL; /* NULL if no default specified */
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Datum new_record[Natts_pg_type];
Remove all uses of the deprecated functions heap_formtuple, heap_modifytuple, and heap_deformtuple in favor of the newer functions heap_form_tuple et al (which do the same things but use bool control flags instead of arbitrary char values). Eliminate the former duplicate coding of these functions, reducing the deprecated functions to mere wrappers around the newer ones. We can't get rid of them entirely because add-on modules probably still contain many instances of the old coding style. Kris Jurka
2008-11-02 02:45:28 +01:00
bool new_record_nulls[Natts_pg_type];
bool new_record_repl[Natts_pg_type];
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
HeapTuple newtuple;
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Form_pg_type typTup;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/* Make a TypeName so we can use standard type lookup machinery */
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
typename = makeTypeNameFromNameList(names);
Refactor typenameTypeId() Split the old typenameTypeId() into two functions: A new typenameTypeId() that returns only a type OID, and typenameTypeIdAndMod() that returns type OID and typmod. This isolates call sites better that actually care about the typmod.
2010-10-25 20:40:46 +02:00
domainoid = typenameTypeId(NULL, typename);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
/* Look up the domain in the type table */
Completion of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and indexes. Replace all heap_openr and index_openr calls by heap_open and index_open. Remove runtime lookups of catalog OID numbers in various places. Remove relcache's support for looking up system catalogs by name. Bulky but mostly very boring patch ...
2005-04-14 22:03:27 +02:00
rel = heap_open(TypeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(TYPEOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(domainoid));
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", domainoid);
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
typTup = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
/* Check it's a domain and check user has permission for ALTER DOMAIN */
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
checkDomainOwner(tup);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/* Setup new tuple */
MemSet(new_record, (Datum) 0, sizeof(new_record));
Remove all uses of the deprecated functions heap_formtuple, heap_modifytuple, and heap_deformtuple in favor of the newer functions heap_form_tuple et al (which do the same things but use bool control flags instead of arbitrary char values). Eliminate the former duplicate coding of these functions, reducing the deprecated functions to mere wrappers around the newer ones. We can't get rid of them entirely because add-on modules probably still contain many instances of the old coding style. Kris Jurka
2008-11-02 02:45:28 +01:00
MemSet(new_record_nulls, false, sizeof(new_record_nulls));
MemSet(new_record_repl, false, sizeof(new_record_repl));
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Remove the hack in the grammar that "optimized away" DEFAULT NULL clauses. Instead put in a test to drop a NULL default at the last moment before storing the catalog entry. This changes the behavior in a couple of ways: * Specifying DEFAULT NULL when creating an inheritance child table will successfully suppress inheritance of any default expression from the parent's column, where formerly it failed to do so. * Specifying DEFAULT NULL for a column of a domain type will correctly override any default belonging to the domain; likewise for a sub-domain. The latter change happens because by the time the clause is checked, it won't be a simple null Const but a CoerceToDomain expression. Personally I think this should be back-patched, but there doesn't seem to be consensus for that on pgsql-hackers, so refraining.
2007-10-29 20:40:40 +01:00
/* Store the new default into the tuple */
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
if (defaultRaw)
{
/* Create a dummy ParseState for transformExpr */
pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/*
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
* Cook the colDef->raw_expr into an expression. Note: Name is
* strictly for error message
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
*/
defaultExpr = cookDefault(pstate, defaultRaw,
typTup->typbasetype,
typTup->typtypmod,
NameStr(typTup->typname));
/*
Remove the hack in the grammar that "optimized away" DEFAULT NULL clauses. Instead put in a test to drop a NULL default at the last moment before storing the catalog entry. This changes the behavior in a couple of ways: * Specifying DEFAULT NULL when creating an inheritance child table will successfully suppress inheritance of any default expression from the parent's column, where formerly it failed to do so. * Specifying DEFAULT NULL for a column of a domain type will correctly override any default belonging to the domain; likewise for a sub-domain. The latter change happens because by the time the clause is checked, it won't be a simple null Const but a CoerceToDomain expression. Personally I think this should be back-patched, but there doesn't seem to be consensus for that on pgsql-hackers, so refraining.
2007-10-29 20:40:40 +01:00
* If the expression is just a NULL constant, we treat the command
* like ALTER ... DROP DEFAULT. (But see note for same test in
* DefineDomain.)
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
*/
Remove the hack in the grammar that "optimized away" DEFAULT NULL clauses. Instead put in a test to drop a NULL default at the last moment before storing the catalog entry. This changes the behavior in a couple of ways: * Specifying DEFAULT NULL when creating an inheritance child table will successfully suppress inheritance of any default expression from the parent's column, where formerly it failed to do so. * Specifying DEFAULT NULL for a column of a domain type will correctly override any default belonging to the domain; likewise for a sub-domain. The latter change happens because by the time the clause is checked, it won't be a simple null Const but a CoerceToDomain expression. Personally I think this should be back-patched, but there doesn't seem to be consensus for that on pgsql-hackers, so refraining.
2007-10-29 20:40:40 +01:00
if (defaultExpr == NULL ||
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
(IsA(defaultExpr, Const) &&((Const *) defaultExpr)->constisnull))
Remove the hack in the grammar that "optimized away" DEFAULT NULL clauses. Instead put in a test to drop a NULL default at the last moment before storing the catalog entry. This changes the behavior in a couple of ways: * Specifying DEFAULT NULL when creating an inheritance child table will successfully suppress inheritance of any default expression from the parent's column, where formerly it failed to do so. * Specifying DEFAULT NULL for a column of a domain type will correctly override any default belonging to the domain; likewise for a sub-domain. The latter change happens because by the time the clause is checked, it won't be a simple null Const but a CoerceToDomain expression. Personally I think this should be back-patched, but there doesn't seem to be consensus for that on pgsql-hackers, so refraining.
2007-10-29 20:40:40 +01:00
{
/* Default is NULL, drop it */
Remove all uses of the deprecated functions heap_formtuple, heap_modifytuple, and heap_deformtuple in favor of the newer functions heap_form_tuple et al (which do the same things but use bool control flags instead of arbitrary char values). Eliminate the former duplicate coding of these functions, reducing the deprecated functions to mere wrappers around the newer ones. We can't get rid of them entirely because add-on modules probably still contain many instances of the old coding style. Kris Jurka
2008-11-02 02:45:28 +01:00
new_record_nulls[Anum_pg_type_typdefaultbin - 1] = true;
new_record_repl[Anum_pg_type_typdefaultbin - 1] = true;
new_record_nulls[Anum_pg_type_typdefault - 1] = true;
new_record_repl[Anum_pg_type_typdefault - 1] = true;
Remove the hack in the grammar that "optimized away" DEFAULT NULL clauses. Instead put in a test to drop a NULL default at the last moment before storing the catalog entry. This changes the behavior in a couple of ways: * Specifying DEFAULT NULL when creating an inheritance child table will successfully suppress inheritance of any default expression from the parent's column, where formerly it failed to do so. * Specifying DEFAULT NULL for a column of a domain type will correctly override any default belonging to the domain; likewise for a sub-domain. The latter change happens because by the time the clause is checked, it won't be a simple null Const but a CoerceToDomain expression. Personally I think this should be back-patched, but there doesn't seem to be consensus for that on pgsql-hackers, so refraining.
2007-10-29 20:40:40 +01:00
}
else
{
/*
* Expression must be stored as a nodeToString result, but we also
* require a valid textual representation (mainly to make life
* easier for pg_dump).
*/
defaultValue = deparse_expression(defaultExpr,
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
deparse_context_for(NameStr(typTup->typname),
InvalidOid),
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
false, false);
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Remove the hack in the grammar that "optimized away" DEFAULT NULL clauses. Instead put in a test to drop a NULL default at the last moment before storing the catalog entry. This changes the behavior in a couple of ways: * Specifying DEFAULT NULL when creating an inheritance child table will successfully suppress inheritance of any default expression from the parent's column, where formerly it failed to do so. * Specifying DEFAULT NULL for a column of a domain type will correctly override any default belonging to the domain; likewise for a sub-domain. The latter change happens because by the time the clause is checked, it won't be a simple null Const but a CoerceToDomain expression. Personally I think this should be back-patched, but there doesn't seem to be consensus for that on pgsql-hackers, so refraining.
2007-10-29 20:40:40 +01:00
/*
* Form an updated tuple with the new default and write it back.
*/
Simplify and standardize conversions between TEXT datums and ordinary C strings. This patch introduces four support functions cstring_to_text, cstring_to_text_with_len, text_to_cstring, and text_to_cstring_buffer, and two macros CStringGetTextDatum and TextDatumGetCString. A number of existing macros that provided variants on these themes were removed. Most of the places that need to make such conversions now require just one function or macro call, in place of the multiple notational layers that used to be needed. There are no longer any direct calls of textout or textin, and we got most of the places that were using handmade conversions via memcpy (there may be a few still lurking, though). This commit doesn't make any serious effort to eliminate transient memory leaks caused by detoasting toasted text objects before they reach text_to_cstring. We changed PG_GETARG_TEXT_P to PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP in a few places where it was easy, but much more could be done. Brendan Jurd and Tom Lane
2008-03-25 23:42:46 +01:00
new_record[Anum_pg_type_typdefaultbin - 1] = CStringGetTextDatum(nodeToString(defaultExpr));
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Remove all uses of the deprecated functions heap_formtuple, heap_modifytuple, and heap_deformtuple in favor of the newer functions heap_form_tuple et al (which do the same things but use bool control flags instead of arbitrary char values). Eliminate the former duplicate coding of these functions, reducing the deprecated functions to mere wrappers around the newer ones. We can't get rid of them entirely because add-on modules probably still contain many instances of the old coding style. Kris Jurka
2008-11-02 02:45:28 +01:00
new_record_repl[Anum_pg_type_typdefaultbin - 1] = true;
Simplify and standardize conversions between TEXT datums and ordinary C strings. This patch introduces four support functions cstring_to_text, cstring_to_text_with_len, text_to_cstring, and text_to_cstring_buffer, and two macros CStringGetTextDatum and TextDatumGetCString. A number of existing macros that provided variants on these themes were removed. Most of the places that need to make such conversions now require just one function or macro call, in place of the multiple notational layers that used to be needed. There are no longer any direct calls of textout or textin, and we got most of the places that were using handmade conversions via memcpy (there may be a few still lurking, though). This commit doesn't make any serious effort to eliminate transient memory leaks caused by detoasting toasted text objects before they reach text_to_cstring. We changed PG_GETARG_TEXT_P to PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP in a few places where it was easy, but much more could be done. Brendan Jurd and Tom Lane
2008-03-25 23:42:46 +01:00
new_record[Anum_pg_type_typdefault - 1] = CStringGetTextDatum(defaultValue);
Remove all uses of the deprecated functions heap_formtuple, heap_modifytuple, and heap_deformtuple in favor of the newer functions heap_form_tuple et al (which do the same things but use bool control flags instead of arbitrary char values). Eliminate the former duplicate coding of these functions, reducing the deprecated functions to mere wrappers around the newer ones. We can't get rid of them entirely because add-on modules probably still contain many instances of the old coding style. Kris Jurka
2008-11-02 02:45:28 +01:00
new_record_repl[Anum_pg_type_typdefault - 1] = true;
Remove the hack in the grammar that "optimized away" DEFAULT NULL clauses. Instead put in a test to drop a NULL default at the last moment before storing the catalog entry. This changes the behavior in a couple of ways: * Specifying DEFAULT NULL when creating an inheritance child table will successfully suppress inheritance of any default expression from the parent's column, where formerly it failed to do so. * Specifying DEFAULT NULL for a column of a domain type will correctly override any default belonging to the domain; likewise for a sub-domain. The latter change happens because by the time the clause is checked, it won't be a simple null Const but a CoerceToDomain expression. Personally I think this should be back-patched, but there doesn't seem to be consensus for that on pgsql-hackers, so refraining.
2007-10-29 20:40:40 +01:00
}
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
}
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
else
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
{
Remove the hack in the grammar that "optimized away" DEFAULT NULL clauses. Instead put in a test to drop a NULL default at the last moment before storing the catalog entry. This changes the behavior in a couple of ways: * Specifying DEFAULT NULL when creating an inheritance child table will successfully suppress inheritance of any default expression from the parent's column, where formerly it failed to do so. * Specifying DEFAULT NULL for a column of a domain type will correctly override any default belonging to the domain; likewise for a sub-domain. The latter change happens because by the time the clause is checked, it won't be a simple null Const but a CoerceToDomain expression. Personally I think this should be back-patched, but there doesn't seem to be consensus for that on pgsql-hackers, so refraining.
2007-10-29 20:40:40 +01:00
/* ALTER ... DROP DEFAULT */
Remove all uses of the deprecated functions heap_formtuple, heap_modifytuple, and heap_deformtuple in favor of the newer functions heap_form_tuple et al (which do the same things but use bool control flags instead of arbitrary char values). Eliminate the former duplicate coding of these functions, reducing the deprecated functions to mere wrappers around the newer ones. We can't get rid of them entirely because add-on modules probably still contain many instances of the old coding style. Kris Jurka
2008-11-02 02:45:28 +01:00
new_record_nulls[Anum_pg_type_typdefaultbin - 1] = true;
new_record_repl[Anum_pg_type_typdefaultbin - 1] = true;
new_record_nulls[Anum_pg_type_typdefault - 1] = true;
new_record_repl[Anum_pg_type_typdefault - 1] = true;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
}
Remove all uses of the deprecated functions heap_formtuple, heap_modifytuple, and heap_deformtuple in favor of the newer functions heap_form_tuple et al (which do the same things but use bool control flags instead of arbitrary char values). Eliminate the former duplicate coding of these functions, reducing the deprecated functions to mere wrappers around the newer ones. We can't get rid of them entirely because add-on modules probably still contain many instances of the old coding style. Kris Jurka
2008-11-02 02:45:28 +01:00
newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(tup, RelationGetDescr(rel),
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
new_record, new_record_nulls,
new_record_repl);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
simple_heap_update(rel, &tup->t_self, newtuple);
CatalogUpdateIndexes(rel, newtuple);
/* Rebuild dependencies */
GenerateTypeDependencies(typTup->typnamespace,
domainoid,
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
InvalidOid, /* typrelid is n/a */
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
0, /* relation kind is n/a */
Track dependencies on shared objects (which is to say, roles; we already have adequate mechanisms for tracking the contents of databases and tablespaces). This solves the longstanding problem that you can drop a user who still owns objects and/or has access permissions. Alvaro Herrera, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2005-07-07 22:40:02 +02:00
typTup->typowner,
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
typTup->typinput,
typTup->typoutput,
Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much yet, but they're there. Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference page.
2003-05-09 00:19:58 +02:00
typTup->typreceive,
typTup->typsend,
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
typTup->typmodin,
typTup->typmodout,
Add hooks for type-specific calculation of ANALYZE statistics. Idea and coding by Mark Cave-Ayland, some kibitzing by Tom Lane. initdb forced due to new column in pg_type.
2004-02-13 00:41:04 +01:00
typTup->typanalyze,
Improve handling of domains over arrays. This patch eliminates various bizarre behaviors caused by sloppy thinking about the difference between a domain type and its underlying array type. In particular, the operation of updating one element of such an array has to be considered as yielding a value of the underlying array type, *not* a value of the domain, because there's no assurance that the domain's CHECK constraints are still satisfied. If we're intending to store the result back into a domain column, we have to re-cast to the domain type so that constraints are re-checked. For similar reasons, such a domain can't be blindly matched to an ANYARRAY polymorphic parameter, because the polymorphic function is likely to apply array-ish operations that could invalidate the domain constraints. For the moment, we just forbid such matching. We might later wish to insert an automatic downcast to the underlying array type, but such a change should also change matching of domains to ANYELEMENT for consistency. To ensure that all such logic is rechecked, this patch removes the original hack of setting a domain's pg_type.typelem field to match its base type; the typelem will always be zero instead. In those places where it's really okay to look through the domain type with no other logic changes, use the newly added get_base_element_type function in place of get_element_type. catversion bumped due to change in pg_type contents. Per bug #5717 from Richard Huxton and subsequent discussion.
2010-10-21 22:07:17 +02:00
InvalidOid,
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
false, /* a domain isn't an implicit array */
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
typTup->typbasetype,
DDL support for collations - collowner field - CREATE COLLATION - ALTER COLLATION - DROP COLLATION - COMMENT ON COLLATION - integration with extensions - pg_dump support for the above - dependency management - psql tab completion - psql \dO command
2011-02-12 14:54:13 +01:00
typTup->typcollation,
Repair bug noticed by Deepak Bhole: a shell type should have a dependency on its namespace, so that it will go away if the schema is dropped.
2003-01-08 22:40:39 +01:00
defaultExpr,
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
true); /* Rebuild is true */
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/* Clean up */
heap_close(rel, NoLock);
heap_freetuple(newtuple);
Remove extraneous semicolons.
2003-04-08 18:57:45 +02:00
}
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/*
* AlterDomainNotNull
*
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
* Routine implementing ALTER DOMAIN SET/DROP NOT NULL statements.
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
*/
void
AlterDomainNotNull(List *names, bool notNull)
{
TypeName *typename;
Oid domainoid;
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
Relation typrel;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
HeapTuple tup;
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Form_pg_type typTup;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/* Make a TypeName so we can use standard type lookup machinery */
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
typename = makeTypeNameFromNameList(names);
Refactor typenameTypeId() Split the old typenameTypeId() into two functions: A new typenameTypeId() that returns only a type OID, and typenameTypeIdAndMod() that returns type OID and typmod. This isolates call sites better that actually care about the typmod.
2010-10-25 20:40:46 +02:00
domainoid = typenameTypeId(NULL, typename);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
/* Look up the domain in the type table */
Completion of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and indexes. Replace all heap_openr and index_openr calls by heap_open and index_open. Remove runtime lookups of catalog OID numbers in various places. Remove relcache's support for looking up system catalogs by name. Bulky but mostly very boring patch ...
2005-04-14 22:03:27 +02:00
typrel = heap_open(TypeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(TYPEOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(domainoid));
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", domainoid);
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
typTup = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
/* Check it's a domain and check user has permission for ALTER DOMAIN */
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
checkDomainOwner(tup);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
/* Is the domain already set to the desired constraint? */
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
if (typTup->typnotnull == notNull)
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
{
heap_close(typrel, RowExclusiveLock);
return;
}
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
/* Adding a NOT NULL constraint requires checking existing columns */
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
if (notNull)
{
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
List *rels;
Reimplement the linked list data structure used throughout the backend. In the past, we used a 'Lispy' linked list implementation: a "list" was merely a pointer to the head node of the list. The problem with that design is that it makes lappend() and length() linear time. This patch fixes that problem (and others) by maintaining a count of the list length and a pointer to the tail node along with each head node pointer. A "list" is now a pointer to a structure containing some meta-data about the list; the head and tail pointers in that structure refer to ListCell structures that maintain the actual linked list of nodes. The function names of the list API have also been changed to, I hope, be more logically consistent. By default, the old function names are still available; they will be disabled-by-default once the rest of the tree has been updated to use the new API names.
2004-05-26 06:41:50 +02:00
ListCell *rt;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/* Fetch relation list with attributes based on this domain */
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
/* ShareLock is sufficient to prevent concurrent data changes */
rels = get_rels_with_domain(domainoid, ShareLock);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
foreach(rt, rels)
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
{
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
RelToCheck *rtc = (RelToCheck *) lfirst(rt);
Relation testrel = rtc->rel;
TupleDesc tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(testrel);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
HeapScanDesc scan;
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
HeapTuple tuple;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
/* Scan all tuples in this relation */
scan = heap_beginscan(testrel, SnapshotNow, 0, NULL);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
while ((tuple = heap_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection)) != NULL)
{
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
int i;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
/* Test attributes that are of the domain */
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
for (i = 0; i < rtc->natts; i++)
{
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
int attnum = rtc->atts[i];
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Resurrect heap_deformtuple(), this time implemented as a singly nested loop over the fields instead of a loop around heap_getattr. This is considerably faster (O(N) instead of O(N^2)) when there are nulls or varlena fields, since those prevent use of attcacheoff. Replace loops over heap_getattr with heap_deformtuple in situations where all or most of the fields have to be fetched, such as printtup and tuptoaster. Profiling done more than a year ago shows that this should be a nice win for situations involving many-column tables.
2004-06-04 22:35:21 +02:00
if (heap_attisnull(tuple, attnum))
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_NOT_NULL_VIOLATION),
Message editing: remove gratuitous variations in message wording, standardize terms, add some clarifications, fix some untranslatable attempts at dynamic message building.
2003-09-25 08:58:07 +02:00
errmsg("column \"%s\" of table \"%s\" contains null values",
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
NameStr(tupdesc->attrs[attnum - 1]->attname),
RelationGetRelationName(testrel))));
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
}
}
heap_endscan(scan);
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
/* Close each rel after processing, but keep lock */
heap_close(testrel, NoLock);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
}
}
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Okay to update pg_type row. We can scribble on typTup because it's a
* copy.
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
*/
typTup->typnotnull = notNull;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
simple_heap_update(typrel, &tup->t_self, tup);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
CatalogUpdateIndexes(typrel, tup);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/* Clean up */
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
heap_freetuple(tup);
heap_close(typrel, RowExclusiveLock);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
}
/*
* AlterDomainDropConstraint
*
* Implements the ALTER DOMAIN DROP CONSTRAINT statement
*/
void
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
AlterDomainDropConstraint(List *names, const char *constrName,
DropBehavior behavior)
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
{
TypeName *typename;
Oid domainoid;
HeapTuple tup;
Relation rel;
Relation conrel;
SysScanDesc conscan;
ScanKeyData key[1];
HeapTuple contup;
/* Make a TypeName so we can use standard type lookup machinery */
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
typename = makeTypeNameFromNameList(names);
Refactor typenameTypeId() Split the old typenameTypeId() into two functions: A new typenameTypeId() that returns only a type OID, and typenameTypeIdAndMod() that returns type OID and typmod. This isolates call sites better that actually care about the typmod.
2010-10-25 20:40:46 +02:00
domainoid = typenameTypeId(NULL, typename);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
/* Look up the domain in the type table */
Completion of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and indexes. Replace all heap_openr and index_openr calls by heap_open and index_open. Remove runtime lookups of catalog OID numbers in various places. Remove relcache's support for looking up system catalogs by name. Bulky but mostly very boring patch ...
2005-04-14 22:03:27 +02:00
rel = heap_open(TypeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(TYPEOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(domainoid));
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", domainoid);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
/* Check it's a domain and check user has permission for ALTER DOMAIN */
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
checkDomainOwner(tup);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/* Grab an appropriate lock on the pg_constraint relation */
Completion of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and indexes. Replace all heap_openr and index_openr calls by heap_open and index_open. Remove runtime lookups of catalog OID numbers in various places. Remove relcache's support for looking up system catalogs by name. Bulky but mostly very boring patch ...
2005-04-14 22:03:27 +02:00
conrel = heap_open(ConstraintRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/* Use the index to scan only constraints of the target relation */
Cross-data-type comparisons are now indexable by btrees, pursuant to my pghackers proposal of 8-Nov. All the existing cross-type comparison operators (int2/int4/int8 and float4/float8) have appropriate support. The original proposal of storing the right-hand-side datatype as part of the primary key for pg_amop and pg_amproc got modified a bit in the event; it is easier to store zero as the 'default' case and only store a nonzero when the operator is actually cross-type. Along the way, remove the long-since-defunct bigbox_ops operator class.
2003-11-12 22:15:59 +01:00
ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
Anum_pg_constraint_contypid,
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(HeapTupleGetOid(tup)));
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Completion of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and indexes. Replace all heap_openr and index_openr calls by heap_open and index_open. Remove runtime lookups of catalog OID numbers in various places. Remove relcache's support for looking up system catalogs by name. Bulky but mostly very boring patch ...
2005-04-14 22:03:27 +02:00
conscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintTypidIndexId, true,
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
SnapshotNow, 1, key);
/*
* Scan over the result set, removing any matching entries.
*/
while ((contup = systable_getnext(conscan)) != NULL)
{
Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contup);
if (strcmp(NameStr(con->conname), constrName) == 0)
{
ObjectAddress conobj;
Completion of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and indexes. Replace all heap_openr and index_openr calls by heap_open and index_open. Remove runtime lookups of catalog OID numbers in various places. Remove relcache's support for looking up system catalogs by name. Bulky but mostly very boring patch ...
2005-04-14 22:03:27 +02:00
conobj.classId = ConstraintRelationId;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
conobj.objectId = HeapTupleGetOid(contup);
conobj.objectSubId = 0;
performDeletion(&conobj, behavior);
}
}
/* Clean up after the scan */
systable_endscan(conscan);
heap_close(conrel, RowExclusiveLock);
heap_close(rel, NoLock);
Remove extraneous semicolons.
2003-04-08 18:57:45 +02:00
}
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/*
* AlterDomainAddConstraint
*
* Implements the ALTER DOMAIN .. ADD CONSTRAINT statement.
*/
void
AlterDomainAddConstraint(List *names, Node *newConstraint)
{
TypeName *typename;
Oid domainoid;
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
Relation typrel;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
HeapTuple tup;
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Form_pg_type typTup;
List *rels;
Reimplement the linked list data structure used throughout the backend. In the past, we used a 'Lispy' linked list implementation: a "list" was merely a pointer to the head node of the list. The problem with that design is that it makes lappend() and length() linear time. This patch fixes that problem (and others) by maintaining a count of the list length and a pointer to the tail node along with each head node pointer. A "list" is now a pointer to a structure containing some meta-data about the list; the head and tail pointers in that structure refer to ListCell structures that maintain the actual linked list of nodes. The function names of the list API have also been changed to, I hope, be more logically consistent. By default, the old function names are still available; they will be disabled-by-default once the rest of the tree has been updated to use the new API names.
2004-05-26 06:41:50 +02:00
ListCell *rt;
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
EState *estate;
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
ExprContext *econtext;
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
char *ccbin;
Expr *expr;
ExprState *exprstate;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Constraint *constr;
/* Make a TypeName so we can use standard type lookup machinery */
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
typename = makeTypeNameFromNameList(names);
Refactor typenameTypeId() Split the old typenameTypeId() into two functions: A new typenameTypeId() that returns only a type OID, and typenameTypeIdAndMod() that returns type OID and typmod. This isolates call sites better that actually care about the typmod.
2010-10-25 20:40:46 +02:00
domainoid = typenameTypeId(NULL, typename);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
/* Look up the domain in the type table */
Completion of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and indexes. Replace all heap_openr and index_openr calls by heap_open and index_open. Remove runtime lookups of catalog OID numbers in various places. Remove relcache's support for looking up system catalogs by name. Bulky but mostly very boring patch ...
2005-04-14 22:03:27 +02:00
typrel = heap_open(TypeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(TYPEOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(domainoid));
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", domainoid);
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
typTup = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
/* Check it's a domain and check user has permission for ALTER DOMAIN */
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
checkDomainOwner(tup);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
if (!IsA(newConstraint, Constraint))
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d",
(int) nodeTag(newConstraint));
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
constr = (Constraint *) newConstraint;
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
switch (constr->contype)
{
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
case CONSTR_CHECK:
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
/* processed below */
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
break;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
case CONSTR_UNIQUE:
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
Some "feature not supported" errors are better syntax errors, because the feature they complain about isn't a feature or cannot be implemented without definitional changes.
2003-09-10 01:22:21 +02:00
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
errmsg("unique constraints not possible for domains")));
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
break;
case CONSTR_PRIMARY:
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
Some "feature not supported" errors are better syntax errors, because the feature they complain about isn't a feature or cannot be implemented without definitional changes.
2003-09-10 01:22:21 +02:00
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
errmsg("primary key constraints not possible for domains")));
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
break;
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
case CONSTR_EXCLUSION:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
errmsg("exclusion constraints not possible for domains")));
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
break;
Merge the Constraint and FkConstraint node types into a single type. This was foreseen to be a good idea long ago, but nobody had got round to doing it. The recent patch for deferred unique constraints made transformConstraintAttrs() ugly enough that I decided it was time. This change will also greatly simplify parsing of deferred CHECK constraints, if anyone ever gets around to implementing that. While at it, add a location field to Constraint, and use that to provide an error cursor for some of the constraint-related error messages.
2009-07-30 04:45:38 +02:00
case CONSTR_FOREIGN:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("foreign key constraints not possible for domains")));
break;
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
case CONSTR_ATTR_DEFERRABLE:
case CONSTR_ATTR_NOT_DEFERRABLE:
case CONSTR_ATTR_DEFERRED:
case CONSTR_ATTR_IMMEDIATE:
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
Some "feature not supported" errors are better syntax errors, because the feature they complain about isn't a feature or cannot be implemented without definitional changes.
2003-09-10 01:22:21 +02:00
errmsg("specifying constraint deferrability not supported for domains")));
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
break;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
default:
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized constraint subtype: %d",
(int) constr->contype);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
break;
}
/*
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
* Since all other constraint types throw errors, this must be a check
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* constraint. First, process the constraint expression and add an entry
* to pg_constraint.
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
*/
ccbin = domainAddConstraint(HeapTupleGetOid(tup), typTup->typnamespace,
typTup->typbasetype, typTup->typtypmod,
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
constr, NameStr(typTup->typname));
Some quick fixes for ALTER DOMAIN patch. It still needs a lot of work, but at least it doesn't generate gcc warnings.
2002-12-09 21:31:05 +01:00
/*
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
* Test all values stored in the attributes based on the domain the
* constraint is being added to.
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
*/
Phase 3 of read-only-plans project: ExecInitExpr now builds expression execution state trees, and ExecEvalExpr takes an expression state tree not an expression plan tree. The plan tree is now read-only as far as the executor is concerned. Next step is to begin actually exploiting this property.
2002-12-13 20:46:01 +01:00
expr = (Expr *) stringToNode(ccbin);
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
Revise executor APIs so that all per-query state structure is built in a per-query memory context created by CreateExecutorState --- and destroyed by FreeExecutorState. This provides a final solution to the longstanding problem of memory leaked by various ExecEndNode calls.
2002-12-15 17:17:59 +01:00
/* Need an EState to run ExecEvalExpr */
estate = CreateExecutorState();
econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
/* build execution state for expr */
exprstate = ExecPrepareExpr(expr, estate);
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
/* Fetch relation list with attributes based on this domain */
/* ShareLock is sufficient to prevent concurrent data changes */
rels = get_rels_with_domain(domainoid, ShareLock);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
foreach(rt, rels)
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
{
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
RelToCheck *rtc = (RelToCheck *) lfirst(rt);
Relation testrel = rtc->rel;
TupleDesc tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(testrel);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
HeapScanDesc scan;
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
HeapTuple tuple;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
/* Scan all tuples in this relation */
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
scan = heap_beginscan(testrel, SnapshotNow, 0, NULL);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
while ((tuple = heap_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection)) != NULL)
{
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
int i;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
/* Test attributes that are of the domain */
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
for (i = 0; i < rtc->natts; i++)
{
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
int attnum = rtc->atts[i];
Datum d;
bool isNull;
Datum conResult;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
d = heap_getattr(tuple, attnum, tupdesc, &isNull);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
econtext->domainValue_datum = d;
econtext->domainValue_isNull = isNull;
Revise executor APIs so that all per-query state structure is built in a per-query memory context created by CreateExecutorState --- and destroyed by FreeExecutorState. This provides a final solution to the longstanding problem of memory leaked by various ExecEndNode calls.
2002-12-15 17:17:59 +01:00
conResult = ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(exprstate,
econtext,
&isNull, NULL);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
if (!isNull && !DatumGetBool(conResult))
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
More message editing, some suggested by Alvaro Herrera
2003-09-29 02:05:25 +02:00
errmsg("column \"%s\" of table \"%s\" contains values that violate the new constraint",
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
NameStr(tupdesc->attrs[attnum - 1]->attname),
More message editing, some suggested by Alvaro Herrera
2003-09-29 02:05:25 +02:00
RelationGetRelationName(testrel))));
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
}
ResetExprContext(econtext);
}
heap_endscan(scan);
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
/* Hold relation lock till commit (XXX bad for concurrency) */
heap_close(testrel, NoLock);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
}
Revise executor APIs so that all per-query state structure is built in a per-query memory context created by CreateExecutorState --- and destroyed by FreeExecutorState. This provides a final solution to the longstanding problem of memory leaked by various ExecEndNode calls.
2002-12-15 17:17:59 +01:00
FreeExecutorState(estate);
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/* Clean up */
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
heap_close(typrel, RowExclusiveLock);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
}
/*
* get_rels_with_domain
*
* Fetch all relations / attributes which are using the domain
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
*
* The result is a list of RelToCheck structs, one for each distinct
* relation, each containing one or more attribute numbers that are of
* the domain type. We have opened each rel and acquired the specified lock
* type on it.
*
Fix my oversight in enabling domains-of-domains: ALTER DOMAIN ADD CONSTRAINT needs to check the new constraint against columns of derived domains too. Also, make it error out if the domain to be modified is used within any composite-type columns. Eventually we should support that case, but it seems a bit painful, and not suitable for a back-patch. For the moment just let the user know we can't do it. Backpatch to 8.2, which is the only released version that allows nested domains. Possibly the other part should be back-patched further.
2007-05-11 22:17:15 +02:00
* We support nested domains by including attributes that are of derived
* domain types. Current callers do not need to distinguish between attributes
* that are of exactly the given domain and those that are of derived domains.
*
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
* XXX this is completely broken because there is no way to lock the domain
* to prevent columns from being added or dropped while our command runs.
* We can partially protect against column drops by locking relations as we
* come across them, but there is still a race condition (the window between
* seeing a pg_depend entry and acquiring lock on the relation it references).
* Also, holding locks on all these relations simultaneously creates a non-
* trivial risk of deadlock. We can minimize but not eliminate the deadlock
* risk by using the weakest suitable lock (ShareLock for most callers).
*
Fix my oversight in enabling domains-of-domains: ALTER DOMAIN ADD CONSTRAINT needs to check the new constraint against columns of derived domains too. Also, make it error out if the domain to be modified is used within any composite-type columns. Eventually we should support that case, but it seems a bit painful, and not suitable for a back-patch. For the moment just let the user know we can't do it. Backpatch to 8.2, which is the only released version that allows nested domains. Possibly the other part should be back-patched further.
2007-05-11 22:17:15 +02:00
* XXX the API for this is not sufficient to support checking domain values
* that are inside composite types or arrays. Currently we just error out
* if a composite type containing the target domain is stored anywhere.
* There are not currently arrays of domains; if there were, we could take
* the same approach, but it'd be nicer to fix it properly.
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
*
* Generally used for retrieving a list of tests when adding
* new constraints to a domain.
*/
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
static List *
get_rels_with_domain(Oid domainOid, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
{
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
List *result = NIL;
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
Relation depRel;
ScanKeyData key[2];
SysScanDesc depScan;
HeapTuple depTup;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Change the relation_open protocol so that we obtain lock on a relation (table or index) before trying to open its relcache entry. This fixes race conditions in which someone else commits a change to the relation's catalog entries while we are in process of doing relcache load. Problems of that ilk have been reported sporadically for years, but it was not really practical to fix until recently --- for instance, the recent addition of WAL-log support for in-place updates helped. Along the way, remove pg_am.amconcurrent: all AMs are now expected to support concurrent update.
2006-07-31 22:09:10 +02:00
Assert(lockmode != NoLock);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* We scan pg_depend to find those things that depend on the domain. (We
* assume we can ignore refobjsubid for a domain.)
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
*/
Completion of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and indexes. Replace all heap_openr and index_openr calls by heap_open and index_open. Remove runtime lookups of catalog OID numbers in various places. Remove relcache's support for looking up system catalogs by name. Bulky but mostly very boring patch ...
2005-04-14 22:03:27 +02:00
depRel = heap_open(DependRelationId, AccessShareLock);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Cross-data-type comparisons are now indexable by btrees, pursuant to my pghackers proposal of 8-Nov. All the existing cross-type comparison operators (int2/int4/int8 and float4/float8) have appropriate support. The original proposal of storing the right-hand-side datatype as part of the primary key for pg_amop and pg_amproc got modified a bit in the event; it is easier to store zero as the 'default' case and only store a nonzero when the operator is actually cross-type. Along the way, remove the long-since-defunct bigbox_ops operator class.
2003-11-12 22:15:59 +01:00
ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
Anum_pg_depend_refclassid,
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
First phase of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and indexes. Extend the macros in include/catalog/*.h to carry the info about hand-assigned OIDs, and adjust the genbki script and bootstrap code to make the relations actually get those OIDs. Remove the small number of RelOid_pg_foo macros that we had in favor of a complete set named like the catname.h and indexing.h macros. Next phase will get rid of internal use of names for looking up catalogs and indexes; but this completes the changes forcing an initdb, so it looks like a good place to commit. Along the way, I made the shared relations (pg_database etc) not be 'bootstrap' relations any more, so as to reduce the number of hardwired entries and simplify changing those relations in future. I'm not sure whether they ever really needed to be handled as bootstrap relations, but it seems to work fine to not do so now.
2005-04-14 03:38:22 +02:00
ObjectIdGetDatum(TypeRelationId));
Cross-data-type comparisons are now indexable by btrees, pursuant to my pghackers proposal of 8-Nov. All the existing cross-type comparison operators (int2/int4/int8 and float4/float8) have appropriate support. The original proposal of storing the right-hand-side datatype as part of the primary key for pg_amop and pg_amproc got modified a bit in the event; it is easier to store zero as the 'default' case and only store a nonzero when the operator is actually cross-type. Along the way, remove the long-since-defunct bigbox_ops operator class.
2003-11-12 22:15:59 +01:00
ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
Anum_pg_depend_refobjid,
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(domainOid));
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
Completion of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and indexes. Replace all heap_openr and index_openr calls by heap_open and index_open. Remove runtime lookups of catalog OID numbers in various places. Remove relcache's support for looking up system catalogs by name. Bulky but mostly very boring patch ...
2005-04-14 22:03:27 +02:00
depScan = systable_beginscan(depRel, DependReferenceIndexId, true,
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
SnapshotNow, 2, key);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
while (HeapTupleIsValid(depTup = systable_getnext(depScan)))
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
{
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Form_pg_depend pg_depend = (Form_pg_depend) GETSTRUCT(depTup);
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
RelToCheck *rtc = NULL;
Reimplement the linked list data structure used throughout the backend. In the past, we used a 'Lispy' linked list implementation: a "list" was merely a pointer to the head node of the list. The problem with that design is that it makes lappend() and length() linear time. This patch fixes that problem (and others) by maintaining a count of the list length and a pointer to the tail node along with each head node pointer. A "list" is now a pointer to a structure containing some meta-data about the list; the head and tail pointers in that structure refer to ListCell structures that maintain the actual linked list of nodes. The function names of the list API have also been changed to, I hope, be more logically consistent. By default, the old function names are still available; they will be disabled-by-default once the rest of the tree has been updated to use the new API names.
2004-05-26 06:41:50 +02:00
ListCell *rellist;
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Form_pg_attribute pg_att;
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
int ptr;
Fix my oversight in enabling domains-of-domains: ALTER DOMAIN ADD CONSTRAINT needs to check the new constraint against columns of derived domains too. Also, make it error out if the domain to be modified is used within any composite-type columns. Eventually we should support that case, but it seems a bit painful, and not suitable for a back-patch. For the moment just let the user know we can't do it. Backpatch to 8.2, which is the only released version that allows nested domains. Possibly the other part should be back-patched further.
2007-05-11 22:17:15 +02:00
/* Check for directly dependent types --- must be domains */
if (pg_depend->classid == TypeRelationId)
{
Assert(get_typtype(pg_depend->objid) == TYPTYPE_DOMAIN);
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
Fix my oversight in enabling domains-of-domains: ALTER DOMAIN ADD CONSTRAINT needs to check the new constraint against columns of derived domains too. Also, make it error out if the domain to be modified is used within any composite-type columns. Eventually we should support that case, but it seems a bit painful, and not suitable for a back-patch. For the moment just let the user know we can't do it. Backpatch to 8.2, which is the only released version that allows nested domains. Possibly the other part should be back-patched further.
2007-05-11 22:17:15 +02:00
/*
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* Recursively add dependent columns to the output list. This is
* a bit inefficient since we may fail to combine RelToCheck
Fix my oversight in enabling domains-of-domains: ALTER DOMAIN ADD CONSTRAINT needs to check the new constraint against columns of derived domains too. Also, make it error out if the domain to be modified is used within any composite-type columns. Eventually we should support that case, but it seems a bit painful, and not suitable for a back-patch. For the moment just let the user know we can't do it. Backpatch to 8.2, which is the only released version that allows nested domains. Possibly the other part should be back-patched further.
2007-05-11 22:17:15 +02:00
* entries when attributes of the same rel have different derived
* domain types, but it's probably not worth improving.
*/
result = list_concat(result,
get_rels_with_domain(pg_depend->objid,
lockmode));
continue;
}
/* Else, ignore dependees that aren't user columns of relations */
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
/* (we assume system columns are never of domain types) */
First phase of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and indexes. Extend the macros in include/catalog/*.h to carry the info about hand-assigned OIDs, and adjust the genbki script and bootstrap code to make the relations actually get those OIDs. Remove the small number of RelOid_pg_foo macros that we had in favor of a complete set named like the catname.h and indexing.h macros. Next phase will get rid of internal use of names for looking up catalogs and indexes; but this completes the changes forcing an initdb, so it looks like a good place to commit. Along the way, I made the shared relations (pg_database etc) not be 'bootstrap' relations any more, so as to reduce the number of hardwired entries and simplify changing those relations in future. I'm not sure whether they ever really needed to be handled as bootstrap relations, but it seems to work fine to not do so now.
2005-04-14 03:38:22 +02:00
if (pg_depend->classid != RelationRelationId ||
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
pg_depend->objsubid <= 0)
continue;
/* See if we already have an entry for this relation */
foreach(rellist, result)
{
RelToCheck *rt = (RelToCheck *) lfirst(rellist);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
if (RelationGetRelid(rt->rel) == pg_depend->objid)
{
rtc = rt;
break;
}
}
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
if (rtc == NULL)
{
/* First attribute found for this relation */
Relation rel;
/* Acquire requested lock on relation */
Fix get_rels_with_domain to not do the wrong thing with views and composite types that use a domain.
2004-05-05 19:06:56 +02:00
rel = relation_open(pg_depend->objid, lockmode);
Fix my oversight in enabling domains-of-domains: ALTER DOMAIN ADD CONSTRAINT needs to check the new constraint against columns of derived domains too. Also, make it error out if the domain to be modified is used within any composite-type columns. Eventually we should support that case, but it seems a bit painful, and not suitable for a back-patch. For the moment just let the user know we can't do it. Backpatch to 8.2, which is the only released version that allows nested domains. Possibly the other part should be back-patched further.
2007-05-11 22:17:15 +02:00
/*
* Check to see if rowtype is stored anyplace as a composite-type
* column; if so we have to fail, for now anyway.
*/
if (OidIsValid(rel->rd_rel->reltype))
find_composite_type_dependencies(rel->rd_rel->reltype,
Tweak find_composite_type_dependencies API a bit more. Per discussion with Noah Misch, the previous coding, introduced by my commit 65377e0b9c0e0397b1598b38b6a7fb8b6f740d39 on 2011-02-06, was really an abuse of RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE, since the caller in typecmds.c is actually passing the name of a domain. So go back having a type name argument, but make the first argument a Relation rather than just a string so we can tell whether it's a table or a foreign table and emit the proper error message.
2011-02-11 14:47:38 +01:00
NULL,
Fix my oversight in enabling domains-of-domains: ALTER DOMAIN ADD CONSTRAINT needs to check the new constraint against columns of derived domains too. Also, make it error out if the domain to be modified is used within any composite-type columns. Eventually we should support that case, but it seems a bit painful, and not suitable for a back-patch. For the moment just let the user know we can't do it. Backpatch to 8.2, which is the only released version that allows nested domains. Possibly the other part should be back-patched further.
2007-05-11 22:17:15 +02:00
format_type_be(domainOid));
/* Otherwise we can ignore views, composite types, etc */
Fix get_rels_with_domain to not do the wrong thing with views and composite types that use a domain.
2004-05-05 19:06:56 +02:00
if (rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION)
{
relation_close(rel, lockmode);
continue;
}
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
/* Build the RelToCheck entry with enough space for all atts */
rtc = (RelToCheck *) palloc(sizeof(RelToCheck));
rtc->rel = rel;
rtc->natts = 0;
rtc->atts = (int *) palloc(sizeof(int) * RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(rel));
result = lcons(rtc, result);
}
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Confirm column has not been dropped, and is of the expected type.
* This defends against an ALTER DROP COLUMN occuring just before we
* acquired lock ... but if the whole table were dropped, we'd still
* have a problem.
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
*/
if (pg_depend->objsubid > RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(rtc->rel))
continue;
pg_att = rtc->rel->rd_att->attrs[pg_depend->objsubid - 1];
if (pg_att->attisdropped || pg_att->atttypid != domainOid)
continue;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Okay, add column to result. We store the columns in column-number
* order; this is just a hack to improve predictability of regression
* test output ...
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
*/
Assert(rtc->natts < RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(rtc->rel));
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
ptr = rtc->natts++;
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
while (ptr > 0 && rtc->atts[ptr - 1] > pg_depend->objsubid)
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
{
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
rtc->atts[ptr] = rtc->atts[ptr - 1];
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
ptr--;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
}
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
rtc->atts[ptr] = pg_depend->objsubid;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
}
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
systable_endscan(depScan);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
relation_close(depRel, AccessShareLock);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
return result;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
}
/*
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
* checkDomainOwner
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
*
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
* Check that the type is actually a domain and that the current user
* has permission to do ALTER DOMAIN on it. Throw an error if not.
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
*/
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
static void
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
checkDomainOwner(HeapTuple tup)
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
{
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Form_pg_type typTup = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/* Check that this is actually a domain */
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
if (typTup->typtype != TYPTYPE_DOMAIN)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
errmsg("%s is not a domain",
format_type_be(HeapTupleGetOid(tup)))));
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
/* Permission check: must own type */
if (!pg_type_ownercheck(HeapTupleGetOid(tup), GetUserId()))
Adjust 'permission denied' messages to be more useful and consistent.
2003-08-01 02:15:26 +02:00
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_TYPE,
Use format_type_be() instead of TypeNameToString() for some more user-facing error messages where the type existence is established.
2008-10-21 12:38:51 +02:00
format_type_be(HeapTupleGetOid(tup)));
Partial code review for ALTER DOMAIN patch. Incorporates Rod Taylor's patches of 9-Dec (permissions fix) and 13-Dec (performance) as well as a partial fix for locking issues: concurrent DROP COLUMN should not create trouble anymore. But concurrent DROP TABLE is still a risk, and there is no protection at all against creating a column of a domain while we are altering the domain.
2003-01-04 01:46:08 +01:00
}
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/*
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
* domainAddConstraint - code shared between CREATE and ALTER DOMAIN
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
*/
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
static char *
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
domainAddConstraint(Oid domainOid, Oid domainNamespace, Oid baseTypeOid,
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
int typMod, Constraint *constr,
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
char *domainName)
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
{
Node *expr;
char *ccsrc;
char *ccbin;
ParseState *pstate;
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
CoerceToDomainValue *domVal;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/*
* Assign or validate constraint name
*/
Merge the Constraint and FkConstraint node types into a single type. This was foreseen to be a good idea long ago, but nobody had got round to doing it. The recent patch for deferred unique constraints made transformConstraintAttrs() ugly enough that I decided it was time. This change will also greatly simplify parsing of deferred CHECK constraints, if anyone ever gets around to implementing that. While at it, add a location field to Constraint, and use that to provide an error cursor for some of the constraint-related error messages.
2009-07-30 04:45:38 +02:00
if (constr->conname)
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
{
if (ConstraintNameIsUsed(CONSTRAINT_DOMAIN,
domainOid,
domainNamespace,
Merge the Constraint and FkConstraint node types into a single type. This was foreseen to be a good idea long ago, but nobody had got round to doing it. The recent patch for deferred unique constraints made transformConstraintAttrs() ugly enough that I decided it was time. This change will also greatly simplify parsing of deferred CHECK constraints, if anyone ever gets around to implementing that. While at it, add a location field to Constraint, and use that to provide an error cursor for some of the constraint-related error messages.
2009-07-30 04:45:38 +02:00
constr->conname))
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
errmsg("constraint \"%s\" for domain \"%s\" already exists",
Merge the Constraint and FkConstraint node types into a single type. This was foreseen to be a good idea long ago, but nobody had got round to doing it. The recent patch for deferred unique constraints made transformConstraintAttrs() ugly enough that I decided it was time. This change will also greatly simplify parsing of deferred CHECK constraints, if anyone ever gets around to implementing that. While at it, add a location field to Constraint, and use that to provide an error cursor for some of the constraint-related error messages.
2009-07-30 04:45:38 +02:00
constr->conname, domainName)));
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
}
else
Merge the Constraint and FkConstraint node types into a single type. This was foreseen to be a good idea long ago, but nobody had got round to doing it. The recent patch for deferred unique constraints made transformConstraintAttrs() ugly enough that I decided it was time. This change will also greatly simplify parsing of deferred CHECK constraints, if anyone ever gets around to implementing that. While at it, add a location field to Constraint, and use that to provide an error cursor for some of the constraint-related error messages.
2009-07-30 04:45:38 +02:00
constr->conname = ChooseConstraintName(domainName,
NULL,
"check",
domainNamespace,
NIL);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/*
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
* Convert the A_EXPR in raw_expr into an EXPR
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
*/
pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Set up a CoerceToDomainValue to represent the occurrence of VALUE in
* the expression. Note that it will appear to have the type of the base
* type, not the domain. This seems correct since within the check
* expression, we should not assume the input value can be considered a
* member of the domain.
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
*/
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
domVal = makeNode(CoerceToDomainValue);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
domVal->typeId = baseTypeOid;
domVal->typeMod = typMod;
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
domVal->location = -1; /* will be set when/if used */
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
pstate->p_value_substitute = (Node *) domVal;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
expr = transformExpr(pstate, constr->raw_expr);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/*
* Make sure it yields a boolean result.
*/
Infrastructure for deducing Param types from context, in the same way that the types of untyped string-literal constants are deduced (ie, when coerce_type is applied to 'em, that's what the type must be). Remove the ancient hack of storing the input Param-types array as a global variable, and put the info into ParseState instead. This touches a lot of files because of adjustment of routine parameter lists, but it's really not a large patch. Note: PREPARE statement still insists on exact specification of parameter types, but that could easily be relaxed now, if we wanted to do so.
2003-04-30 00:13:11 +02:00
expr = coerce_to_boolean(pstate, expr, "CHECK");
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/*
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
* Make sure no outside relations are referred to.
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
*/
Reimplement the linked list data structure used throughout the backend. In the past, we used a 'Lispy' linked list implementation: a "list" was merely a pointer to the head node of the list. The problem with that design is that it makes lappend() and length() linear time. This patch fixes that problem (and others) by maintaining a count of the list length and a pointer to the tail node along with each head node pointer. A "list" is now a pointer to a structure containing some meta-data about the list; the head and tail pointers in that structure refer to ListCell structures that maintain the actual linked list of nodes. The function names of the list API have also been changed to, I hope, be more logically consistent. By default, the old function names are still available; they will be disabled-by-default once the rest of the tree has been updated to use the new API names.
2004-05-26 06:41:50 +02:00
if (list_length(pstate->p_rtable) != 0)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
errmsg("cannot use table references in domain check constraint")));
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
/*
* Domains don't allow var clauses (this should be redundant with the
* above check, but make it anyway)
*/
if (contain_var_clause(expr))
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
errmsg("cannot use table references in domain check constraint")));
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/*
* No subplans or aggregates, either...
*/
Implement outer-level aggregates to conform to the SQL spec, with extensions to support our historical behavior. An aggregate belongs to the closest query level of any of the variables in its argument, or the current query level if there are no variables (e.g., COUNT(*)). The implementation involves adding an agglevelsup field to Aggref, and treating outer aggregates like outer variables at planning time.
2003-06-06 17:04:03 +02:00
if (pstate->p_hasSubLinks)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
Message editing: remove gratuitous variations in message wording, standardize terms, add some clarifications, fix some untranslatable attempts at dynamic message building.
2003-09-25 08:58:07 +02:00
errmsg("cannot use subquery in check constraint")));
Implement outer-level aggregates to conform to the SQL spec, with extensions to support our historical behavior. An aggregate belongs to the closest query level of any of the variables in its argument, or the current query level if there are no variables (e.g., COUNT(*)). The implementation involves adding an agglevelsup field to Aggref, and treating outer aggregates like outer variables at planning time.
2003-06-06 17:04:03 +02:00
if (pstate->p_hasAggs)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_GROUPING_ERROR),
pgindent run for 8.2.
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
errmsg("cannot use aggregate function in check constraint")));
Support window functions a la SQL:2008. Hitoshi Harada, with some kibitzing from Heikki and Tom.
2008-12-28 19:54:01 +01:00
if (pstate->p_hasWindowFuncs)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WINDOWING_ERROR),
errmsg("cannot use window function in check constraint")));
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/*
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
* Convert to string form for storage.
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
*/
ccbin = nodeToString(expr);
/*
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
* Deparse it to produce text for consrc.
*
Re-run pgindent, fixing a problem where comment lines after a blank comment line where output as too long, and update typedefs for /lib directory. Also fix case where identifiers were used as variable names in the backend, but as typedefs in ecpg (favor the backend for indenting). Backpatch to 8.1.X.
2005-11-22 19:17:34 +01:00
* Since VARNOs aren't allowed in domain constraints, relation context
* isn't required as anything other than a shell.
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
*/
ccsrc = deparse_expression(expr,
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
deparse_context_for(domainName,
InvalidOid),
false, false);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
Preliminary code review for domain CHECK constraints patch: add documentation, make VALUE a non-reserved word again, use less invasive method of passing ConstraintTestValue into transformExpr, fix problems with nested constraint testing, do correct thing with NULL result from a constraint expression, remove memory leak. Domain checks still need much more work if we are going to allow ALTER DOMAIN, however.
2002-12-12 21:35:16 +01:00
/*
* Store the constraint in pg_constraint
*/
Merge the Constraint and FkConstraint node types into a single type. This was foreseen to be a good idea long ago, but nobody had got round to doing it. The recent patch for deferred unique constraints made transformConstraintAttrs() ugly enough that I decided it was time. This change will also greatly simplify parsing of deferred CHECK constraints, if anyone ever gets around to implementing that. While at it, add a location field to Constraint, and use that to provide an error cursor for some of the constraint-related error messages.
2009-07-30 04:45:38 +02:00
CreateConstraintEntry(constr->conname, /* Constraint Name */
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
domainNamespace, /* namespace */
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
CONSTRAINT_CHECK, /* Constraint Type */
false, /* Is Deferrable */
false, /* Is Deferred */
Extend ALTER TABLE to allow Foreign Keys to be added without initial validation. FK constraints that are marked NOT VALID may later be VALIDATED, which uses an ShareUpdateExclusiveLock on constraint table and RowShareLock on referenced table. Significantly reduces lock strength and duration when adding FKs. New state visible from psql. Simon Riggs, with reviews from Marko Tiikkaja and Robert Haas
2011-02-08 13:23:20 +01:00
true, /* Is Validated */
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
InvalidOid, /* not a relation constraint */
NULL,
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
0,
domainOid, /* domain constraint */
Add system catalog columns pg_constraint.conindid and pg_trigger.tgconstrindid. conindid is the index supporting a constraint. We can use this not only for unique/primary-key constraints, but also foreign-key constraints, which depend on the unique index that constrains the referenced columns. tgconstrindid is just copied from the constraint's conindid field, or is zero for triggers not associated with constraints. This is mainly intended as infrastructure for upcoming patches, but it has some virtue in itself, since it exposes a relationship that you formerly had to grovel in pg_depend to determine. I simplified one information_schema view accordingly. (There is a pg_dump query that could also use conindid, but I left it alone because it wasn't clear it'd get any faster.)
2009-07-28 04:56:31 +02:00
InvalidOid, /* no associated index */
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
InvalidOid, /* Foreign key fields */
NULL,
Fix up foreign-key mechanism so that there is a sound semantic basis for the equality checks it applies, instead of a random dependence on whatever operators might be named "=". The equality operators will now be selected from the opfamily of the unique index that the FK constraint depends on to enforce uniqueness of the referenced columns; therefore they are certain to be consistent with that index's notion of equality. Among other things this should fix the problem noted awhile back that pg_dump may fail for foreign-key constraints on user-defined types when the required operators aren't in the search path. This also means that the former warning condition about "foreign key constraint will require costly sequential scans" is gone: if the comparison condition isn't indexable then we'll reject the constraint entirely. All per past discussions. Along the way, make the RI triggers look into pg_constraint for their information, instead of using pg_trigger.tgargs; and get rid of the always error-prone fixed-size string buffers in ri_triggers.c in favor of building up the RI queries in StringInfo buffers. initdb forced due to columns added to pg_constraint and pg_trigger.
2007-02-14 02:58:58 +01:00
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
0,
' ',
' ',
' ',
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
NULL, /* not an exclusion constraint */
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
expr, /* Tree form of check constraint */
ccbin, /* Binary form of check constraint */
ccsrc, /* Source form of check constraint */
Change the rules for inherited CHECK constraints to be essentially the same as those for inherited columns; that is, it's no longer allowed for a child table to not have a check constraint matching one that exists on a parent. This satisfies the principle of least surprise (rows selected from the parent will always appear to meet its check constraints) and eliminates some longstanding bogosity in pg_dump, which formerly had to guess about whether check constraints were really inherited or not. The implementation involves adding conislocal and coninhcount columns to pg_constraint (paralleling attislocal and attinhcount in pg_attribute) and refactoring various ALTER TABLE actions to be more like those for columns. Alex Hunsaker, Nikhil Sontakke, Tom Lane
2008-05-10 01:32:05 +02:00
true, /* is local */
0); /* inhcount */
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Return the compiled constraint expression so the calling routine can
* perform any additional required tests.
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
*/
return ccbin;
}
ALTER DOMAIN OWNER, from Rod Taylor.
2003-01-06 01:31:45 +01:00
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
/*
* GetDomainConstraints - get a list of the current constraints of domain
*
* Returns a possibly-empty list of DomainConstraintState nodes.
*
* This is called by the executor during plan startup for a CoerceToDomain
* expression node. The given constraints will be checked for each value
* passed through the node.
Fix ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN so that constraints of domain types are enforced properly when there is no explicit default value for the new column. Per report from Craig Perras.
2005-01-25 00:21:57 +01:00
*
* We allow this to be called for non-domain types, in which case the result
* is always NIL.
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
*/
List *
GetDomainConstraints(Oid typeOid)
{
List *result = NIL;
bool notNull = false;
Relation conRel;
Completion of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and indexes. Replace all heap_openr and index_openr calls by heap_open and index_open. Remove runtime lookups of catalog OID numbers in various places. Remove relcache's support for looking up system catalogs by name. Bulky but mostly very boring patch ...
2005-04-14 22:03:27 +02:00
conRel = heap_open(ConstraintRelationId, AccessShareLock);
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
for (;;)
{
HeapTuple tup;
HeapTuple conTup;
Form_pg_type typTup;
ScanKeyData key[1];
SysScanDesc scan;
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCache1(TYPEOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(typeOid));
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", typeOid);
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
typTup = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
if (typTup->typtype != TYPTYPE_DOMAIN)
Fix ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN so that constraints of domain types are enforced properly when there is no explicit default value for the new column. Per report from Craig Perras.
2005-01-25 00:21:57 +01:00
{
/* Not a domain, so done */
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
break;
}
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
/* Test for NOT NULL Constraint */
if (typTup->typnotnull)
notNull = true;
/* Look for CHECK Constraints on this domain */
Cross-data-type comparisons are now indexable by btrees, pursuant to my pghackers proposal of 8-Nov. All the existing cross-type comparison operators (int2/int4/int8 and float4/float8) have appropriate support. The original proposal of storing the right-hand-side datatype as part of the primary key for pg_amop and pg_amproc got modified a bit in the event; it is easier to store zero as the 'default' case and only store a nonzero when the operator is actually cross-type. Along the way, remove the long-since-defunct bigbox_ops operator class.
2003-11-12 22:15:59 +01:00
ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
Anum_pg_constraint_contypid,
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(typeOid));
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
Completion of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and indexes. Replace all heap_openr and index_openr calls by heap_open and index_open. Remove runtime lookups of catalog OID numbers in various places. Remove relcache's support for looking up system catalogs by name. Bulky but mostly very boring patch ...
2005-04-14 22:03:27 +02:00
scan = systable_beginscan(conRel, ConstraintTypidIndexId, true,
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
SnapshotNow, 1, key);
while (HeapTupleIsValid(conTup = systable_getnext(scan)))
{
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Form_pg_constraint c = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(conTup);
Datum val;
bool isNull;
Expr *check_expr;
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
DomainConstraintState *r;
/* Ignore non-CHECK constraints (presently, shouldn't be any) */
if (c->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
continue;
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Not expecting conbin to be NULL, but we'll test for it anyway
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
*/
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
val = fastgetattr(conTup, Anum_pg_constraint_conbin,
conRel->rd_att, &isNull);
if (isNull)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
elog(ERROR, "domain \"%s\" constraint \"%s\" has NULL conbin",
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
NameStr(typTup->typname), NameStr(c->conname));
Simplify and standardize conversions between TEXT datums and ordinary C strings. This patch introduces four support functions cstring_to_text, cstring_to_text_with_len, text_to_cstring, and text_to_cstring_buffer, and two macros CStringGetTextDatum and TextDatumGetCString. A number of existing macros that provided variants on these themes were removed. Most of the places that need to make such conversions now require just one function or macro call, in place of the multiple notational layers that used to be needed. There are no longer any direct calls of textout or textin, and we got most of the places that were using handmade conversions via memcpy (there may be a few still lurking, though). This commit doesn't make any serious effort to eliminate transient memory leaks caused by detoasting toasted text objects before they reach text_to_cstring. We changed PG_GETARG_TEXT_P to PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP in a few places where it was easy, but much more could be done. Brendan Jurd and Tom Lane
2008-03-25 23:42:46 +01:00
check_expr = (Expr *) stringToNode(TextDatumGetCString(val));
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
Arrange for function default arguments to be processed properly in expressions that are set up for execution with ExecPrepareExpr rather than going through the full planner process. By introducing an explicit notion of "expression planning", this patch also lays a bit of groundwork for maybe someday allowing sub-selects in standalone expressions.
2009-01-09 16:46:11 +01:00
/* ExecInitExpr assumes we've planned the expression */
check_expr = expression_planner(check_expr);
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
r = makeNode(DomainConstraintState);
r->constrainttype = DOM_CONSTRAINT_CHECK;
r->name = pstrdup(NameStr(c->conname));
r->check_expr = ExecInitExpr(check_expr, NULL);
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* use lcons() here because constraints of lower domains should be
* applied earlier.
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
*/
result = lcons(r, result);
}
systable_endscan(scan);
Fix ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN so that constraints of domain types are enforced properly when there is no explicit default value for the new column. Per report from Craig Perras.
2005-01-25 00:21:57 +01:00
/* loop to next domain in stack */
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
typeOid = typTup->typbasetype;
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
}
heap_close(conRel, AccessShareLock);
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Only need to add one NOT NULL check regardless of how many domains in
* the stack request it.
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
*/
if (notNull)
{
DomainConstraintState *r = makeNode(DomainConstraintState);
r->constrainttype = DOM_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL;
r->name = pstrdup("NOT NULL");
r->check_expr = NULL;
/* lcons to apply the nullness check FIRST */
result = lcons(r, result);
}
return result;
}
Support ALTER TYPE RENAME. Petr Jelinek
2008-03-19 19:38:30 +01:00
/*
* Execute ALTER TYPE RENAME
*/
void
RenameType(List *names, const char *newTypeName)
{
TypeName *typename;
Oid typeOid;
Relation rel;
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_type typTup;
/* Make a TypeName so we can use standard type lookup machinery */
typename = makeTypeNameFromNameList(names);
Refactor typenameTypeId() Split the old typenameTypeId() into two functions: A new typenameTypeId() that returns only a type OID, and typenameTypeIdAndMod() that returns type OID and typmod. This isolates call sites better that actually care about the typmod.
2010-10-25 20:40:46 +02:00
typeOid = typenameTypeId(NULL, typename);
Support ALTER TYPE RENAME. Petr Jelinek
2008-03-19 19:38:30 +01:00
/* Look up the type in the type table */
rel = heap_open(TypeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(TYPEOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(typeOid));
Support ALTER TYPE RENAME. Petr Jelinek
2008-03-19 19:38:30 +01:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", typeOid);
typTup = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
/* check permissions on type */
if (!pg_type_ownercheck(typeOid, GetUserId()))
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_TYPE,
format_type_be(typeOid));
/*
* If it's a composite type, we need to check that it really is a
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
* free-standing composite type, and not a table's rowtype. We want people
* to use ALTER TABLE not ALTER TYPE for that case.
Support ALTER TYPE RENAME. Petr Jelinek
2008-03-19 19:38:30 +01:00
*/
if (typTup->typtype == TYPTYPE_COMPOSITE &&
get_rel_relkind(typTup->typrelid) != RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("%s is a table's row type",
format_type_be(typeOid)),
errhint("Use ALTER TABLE instead.")));
/* don't allow direct alteration of array types, either */
if (OidIsValid(typTup->typelem) &&
get_array_type(typTup->typelem) == typeOid)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("cannot alter array type %s",
format_type_be(typeOid)),
errhint("You can alter type %s, which will alter the array type as well.",
format_type_be(typTup->typelem))));
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
/*
Support ALTER TYPE RENAME. Petr Jelinek
2008-03-19 19:38:30 +01:00
* If type is composite we need to rename associated pg_class entry too.
* RenameRelationInternal will call RenameTypeInternal automatically.
*/
if (typTup->typtype == TYPTYPE_COMPOSITE)
RenameRelationInternal(typTup->typrelid, newTypeName,
typTup->typnamespace);
else
RenameTypeInternal(typeOid, newTypeName,
typTup->typnamespace);
/* Clean up */
heap_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
}
ALTER DOMAIN OWNER, from Rod Taylor.
2003-01-06 01:31:45 +01:00
/*
Support renaming of tablespaces, and changing the owners of aggregates, conversions, functions, operators, operator classes, schemas, types, and tablespaces. Fold the existing implementations of alter domain owner and alter database owner in with these. Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 23:55:59 +02:00
* Change the owner of a type.
ALTER DOMAIN OWNER, from Rod Taylor.
2003-01-06 01:31:45 +01:00
*/
void
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
AlterTypeOwner(List *names, Oid newOwnerId)
ALTER DOMAIN OWNER, from Rod Taylor.
2003-01-06 01:31:45 +01:00
{
TypeName *typename;
Oid typeOid;
Relation rel;
HeapTuple tup;
Ensure that typmod decoration on a datatype name is validated in all cases, even in code paths where we don't pay any subsequent attention to the typmod value. This seems needed in view of the fact that 8.3's generalized typmod support will accept a lot of bogus syntax, such as "timestamp(foo)" or "record(int, 42)" --- if we allow such things to pass without comment, users will get confused. Per a recent example from Greg Stark. To implement this in a way that's not very vulnerable to future bugs-of-omission, refactor the API of parse_type.c's TypeName lookup routines so that typmod validation is folded into the base lookup operation. Callers can still choose not to receive the encoded typmod, but we'll check the decoration anyway if it's present.
2007-11-11 20:22:49 +01:00
HeapTuple newtup;
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Form_pg_type typTup;
Adjust permissions checking for ALTER OWNER commands: instead of requiring superuserness always, allow an owner to reassign ownership to any role he is a member of, if that role would have the right to create a similar object. These three requirements essentially state that the would-be alterer has enough privilege to DROP the existing object and then re-CREATE it as the new role; so we might as well let him do it in one step. The ALTER TABLESPACE case is a bit squirrely, but the whole concept of non-superuser tablespace owners is pretty dubious anyway. Stephen Frost, code review by Tom Lane.
2005-07-14 23:46:30 +02:00
AclResult aclresult;
ALTER DOMAIN OWNER, from Rod Taylor.
2003-01-06 01:31:45 +01:00
Ensure that typmod decoration on a datatype name is validated in all cases, even in code paths where we don't pay any subsequent attention to the typmod value. This seems needed in view of the fact that 8.3's generalized typmod support will accept a lot of bogus syntax, such as "timestamp(foo)" or "record(int, 42)" --- if we allow such things to pass without comment, users will get confused. Per a recent example from Greg Stark. To implement this in a way that's not very vulnerable to future bugs-of-omission, refactor the API of parse_type.c's TypeName lookup routines so that typmod validation is folded into the base lookup operation. Callers can still choose not to receive the encoded typmod, but we'll check the decoration anyway if it's present.
2007-11-11 20:22:49 +01:00
rel = heap_open(TypeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
ALTER DOMAIN OWNER, from Rod Taylor.
2003-01-06 01:31:45 +01:00
/* Make a TypeName so we can use standard type lookup machinery */
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
typename = makeTypeNameFromNameList(names);
ALTER DOMAIN OWNER, from Rod Taylor.
2003-01-06 01:31:45 +01:00
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
/* Use LookupTypeName here so that shell types can be processed */
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
tup = LookupTypeName(NULL, typename, NULL, NULL);
Ensure that typmod decoration on a datatype name is validated in all cases, even in code paths where we don't pay any subsequent attention to the typmod value. This seems needed in view of the fact that 8.3's generalized typmod support will accept a lot of bogus syntax, such as "timestamp(foo)" or "record(int, 42)" --- if we allow such things to pass without comment, users will get confused. Per a recent example from Greg Stark. To implement this in a way that's not very vulnerable to future bugs-of-omission, refactor the API of parse_type.c's TypeName lookup routines so that typmod validation is folded into the base lookup operation. Callers can still choose not to receive the encoded typmod, but we'll check the decoration anyway if it's present.
2007-11-11 20:22:49 +01:00
if (tup == NULL)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("type \"%s\" does not exist",
TypeNameToString(typename))));
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
typeOid = typeTypeId(tup);
ALTER DOMAIN OWNER, from Rod Taylor.
2003-01-06 01:31:45 +01:00
Ensure that typmod decoration on a datatype name is validated in all cases, even in code paths where we don't pay any subsequent attention to the typmod value. This seems needed in view of the fact that 8.3's generalized typmod support will accept a lot of bogus syntax, such as "timestamp(foo)" or "record(int, 42)" --- if we allow such things to pass without comment, users will get confused. Per a recent example from Greg Stark. To implement this in a way that's not very vulnerable to future bugs-of-omission, refactor the API of parse_type.c's TypeName lookup routines so that typmod validation is folded into the base lookup operation. Callers can still choose not to receive the encoded typmod, but we'll check the decoration anyway if it's present.
2007-11-11 20:22:49 +01:00
/* Copy the syscache entry so we can scribble on it below */
newtup = heap_copytuple(tup);
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
tup = newtup;
ALTER DOMAIN OWNER, from Rod Taylor.
2003-01-06 01:31:45 +01:00
typTup = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
Support renaming of tablespaces, and changing the owners of aggregates, conversions, functions, operators, operator classes, schemas, types, and tablespaces. Fold the existing implementations of alter domain owner and alter database owner in with these. Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 23:55:59 +02:00
/*
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
* If it's a composite type, we need to check that it really is a
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* free-standing composite type, and not a table's rowtype. We want people
* to use ALTER TABLE not ALTER TYPE for that case.
Support renaming of tablespaces, and changing the owners of aggregates, conversions, functions, operators, operator classes, schemas, types, and tablespaces. Fold the existing implementations of alter domain owner and alter database owner in with these. Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 23:55:59 +02:00
*/
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
if (typTup->typtype == TYPTYPE_COMPOSITE &&
ALTER TABLE OWNER must change the ownership of the table's rowtype too. This was not especially critical before, but it is now that we track ownership dependencies --- the dependency for the rowtype *must* shift to the new owner. Spotted by Bernd Helmle. Also fix a problem introduced by recent change to allow non-superusers to do ALTER OWNER in some cases: if the table had a toast table, ALTER OWNER failed *even for superusers*, because the test being applied would conclude that the new would-be owner had no create rights on pg_toast. A side-effect of the fix is to disallow changing the ownership of indexes or toast tables separately from their parent table, which seems a good idea on the whole.
2005-08-04 03:09:29 +02:00
get_rel_relkind(typTup->typrelid) != RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
Improve consistency of the error messages generated when you try to use ALTER TABLE on a composite type or ALTER TYPE on a table's rowtype. We already rejected these cases, but the error messages were a bit random and didn't always provide a HINT to use the other command type.
2007-09-29 19:18:58 +02:00
errmsg("%s is a table's row type",
format_type_be(typeOid)),
errhint("Use ALTER TABLE instead.")));
ALTER DOMAIN OWNER, from Rod Taylor.
2003-01-06 01:31:45 +01:00
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
/* don't allow direct alteration of array types, either */
if (OidIsValid(typTup->typelem) &&
get_array_type(typTup->typelem) == typeOid)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("cannot alter array type %s",
format_type_be(typeOid)),
errhint("You can alter type %s, which will alter the array type as well.",
format_type_be(typTup->typelem))));
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
/*
Support renaming of tablespaces, and changing the owners of aggregates, conversions, functions, operators, operator classes, schemas, types, and tablespaces. Fold the existing implementations of alter domain owner and alter database owner in with these. Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 23:55:59 +02:00
* If the new owner is the same as the existing owner, consider the
* command to have succeeded. This is for dump restoration purposes.
*/
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
if (typTup->typowner != newOwnerId)
Support renaming of tablespaces, and changing the owners of aggregates, conversions, functions, operators, operator classes, schemas, types, and tablespaces. Fold the existing implementations of alter domain owner and alter database owner in with these. Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 23:55:59 +02:00
{
Fix unwanted denial of ALTER OWNER rights to superusers. There was some discussion of getting around this by relaxing the checks made for regular users, but I'm disinclined to toy with the security model right now, so just special-case it for superusers where needed.
2005-08-22 19:38:20 +02:00
/* Superusers can always do it */
if (!superuser())
{
/* Otherwise, must be owner of the existing object */
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
if (!pg_type_ownercheck(HeapTupleGetOid(tup), GetUserId()))
Fix unwanted denial of ALTER OWNER rights to superusers. There was some discussion of getting around this by relaxing the checks made for regular users, but I'm disinclined to toy with the security model right now, so just special-case it for superusers where needed.
2005-08-22 19:38:20 +02:00
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_TYPE,
Use format_type_be() instead of TypeNameToString() for some more user-facing error messages where the type existence is established.
2008-10-21 12:38:51 +02:00
format_type_be(HeapTupleGetOid(tup)));
Fix unwanted denial of ALTER OWNER rights to superusers. There was some discussion of getting around this by relaxing the checks made for regular users, but I'm disinclined to toy with the security model right now, so just special-case it for superusers where needed.
2005-08-22 19:38:20 +02:00
/* Must be able to become new owner */
check_is_member_of_role(GetUserId(), newOwnerId);
/* New owner must have CREATE privilege on namespace */
aclresult = pg_namespace_aclcheck(typTup->typnamespace,
newOwnerId,
ACL_CREATE);
if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
aclcheck_error(aclresult, ACL_KIND_NAMESPACE,
get_namespace_name(typTup->typnamespace));
}
Support renaming of tablespaces, and changing the owners of aggregates, conversions, functions, operators, operator classes, schemas, types, and tablespaces. Fold the existing implementations of alter domain owner and alter database owner in with these. Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 23:55:59 +02:00
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
/*
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* If it's a composite type, invoke ATExecChangeOwner so that we fix
* up the pg_class entry properly. That will call back to
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
* AlterTypeOwnerInternal to take care of the pg_type entry(s).
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
*/
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
if (typTup->typtype == TYPTYPE_COMPOSITE)
Reduce lock levels of CREATE TRIGGER and some ALTER TABLE, CREATE RULE actions. Avoid hard-coding lockmode used for many altering DDL commands, allowing easier future changes of lock levels. Implementation of initial analysis on DDL sub-commands, so that many lock levels are now at ShareUpdateExclusiveLock or ShareRowExclusiveLock, allowing certain DDL not to block reads/writes. First of number of planned changes in this area; additional docs required when full project complete.
2010-07-28 07:22:24 +02:00
ATExecChangeOwner(typTup->typrelid, newOwnerId, true, AccessExclusiveLock);
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
else
{
/*
* We can just apply the modification directly.
*
* okay to scribble on typTup because it's a copy
*/
typTup->typowner = newOwnerId;
ALTER DOMAIN OWNER, from Rod Taylor.
2003-01-06 01:31:45 +01:00
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
simple_heap_update(rel, &tup->t_self, tup);
ALTER DOMAIN OWNER, from Rod Taylor.
2003-01-06 01:31:45 +01:00
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
CatalogUpdateIndexes(rel, tup);
Track dependencies on shared objects (which is to say, roles; we already have adequate mechanisms for tracking the contents of databases and tablespaces). This solves the longstanding problem that you can drop a user who still owns objects and/or has access permissions. Alvaro Herrera, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2005-07-07 22:40:02 +02:00
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
/* Update owner dependency reference */
changeDependencyOnOwner(TypeRelationId, typeOid, newOwnerId);
/* If it has an array type, update that too */
if (OidIsValid(typTup->typarray))
AlterTypeOwnerInternal(typTup->typarray, newOwnerId, false);
}
Support renaming of tablespaces, and changing the owners of aggregates, conversions, functions, operators, operator classes, schemas, types, and tablespaces. Fold the existing implementations of alter domain owner and alter database owner in with these. Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 23:55:59 +02:00
}
ALTER DOMAIN OWNER, from Rod Taylor.
2003-01-06 01:31:45 +01:00
/* Clean up */
heap_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
}
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
ALTER TABLE OWNER must change the ownership of the table's rowtype too. This was not especially critical before, but it is now that we track ownership dependencies --- the dependency for the rowtype *must* shift to the new owner. Spotted by Bernd Helmle. Also fix a problem introduced by recent change to allow non-superusers to do ALTER OWNER in some cases: if the table had a toast table, ALTER OWNER failed *even for superusers*, because the test being applied would conclude that the new would-be owner had no create rights on pg_toast. A side-effect of the fix is to disallow changing the ownership of indexes or toast tables separately from their parent table, which seems a good idea on the whole.
2005-08-04 03:09:29 +02:00
/*
* AlterTypeOwnerInternal - change type owner unconditionally
*
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* This is currently only used to propagate ALTER TABLE/TYPE OWNER to a
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
* table's rowtype or an array type, and to implement REASSIGN OWNED BY.
* It assumes the caller has done all needed checks. The function will
* automatically recurse to an array type if the type has one.
*
* hasDependEntry should be TRUE if type is expected to have a pg_shdepend
* entry (ie, it's not a table rowtype nor an array type).
ALTER TABLE OWNER must change the ownership of the table's rowtype too. This was not especially critical before, but it is now that we track ownership dependencies --- the dependency for the rowtype *must* shift to the new owner. Spotted by Bernd Helmle. Also fix a problem introduced by recent change to allow non-superusers to do ALTER OWNER in some cases: if the table had a toast table, ALTER OWNER failed *even for superusers*, because the test being applied would conclude that the new would-be owner had no create rights on pg_toast. A side-effect of the fix is to disallow changing the ownership of indexes or toast tables separately from their parent table, which seems a good idea on the whole.
2005-08-04 03:09:29 +02:00
*/
void
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
AlterTypeOwnerInternal(Oid typeOid, Oid newOwnerId,
bool hasDependEntry)
ALTER TABLE OWNER must change the ownership of the table's rowtype too. This was not especially critical before, but it is now that we track ownership dependencies --- the dependency for the rowtype *must* shift to the new owner. Spotted by Bernd Helmle. Also fix a problem introduced by recent change to allow non-superusers to do ALTER OWNER in some cases: if the table had a toast table, ALTER OWNER failed *even for superusers*, because the test being applied would conclude that the new would-be owner had no create rights on pg_toast. A side-effect of the fix is to disallow changing the ownership of indexes or toast tables separately from their parent table, which seems a good idea on the whole.
2005-08-04 03:09:29 +02:00
{
Relation rel;
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_type typTup;
rel = heap_open(TypeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(TYPEOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(typeOid));
ALTER TABLE OWNER must change the ownership of the table's rowtype too. This was not especially critical before, but it is now that we track ownership dependencies --- the dependency for the rowtype *must* shift to the new owner. Spotted by Bernd Helmle. Also fix a problem introduced by recent change to allow non-superusers to do ALTER OWNER in some cases: if the table had a toast table, ALTER OWNER failed *even for superusers*, because the test being applied would conclude that the new would-be owner had no create rights on pg_toast. A side-effect of the fix is to disallow changing the ownership of indexes or toast tables separately from their parent table, which seems a good idea on the whole.
2005-08-04 03:09:29 +02:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", typeOid);
typTup = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Modify the owner --- okay to scribble on typTup because it's a copy
ALTER TABLE OWNER must change the ownership of the table's rowtype too. This was not especially critical before, but it is now that we track ownership dependencies --- the dependency for the rowtype *must* shift to the new owner. Spotted by Bernd Helmle. Also fix a problem introduced by recent change to allow non-superusers to do ALTER OWNER in some cases: if the table had a toast table, ALTER OWNER failed *even for superusers*, because the test being applied would conclude that the new would-be owner had no create rights on pg_toast. A side-effect of the fix is to disallow changing the ownership of indexes or toast tables separately from their parent table, which seems a good idea on the whole.
2005-08-04 03:09:29 +02:00
*/
typTup->typowner = newOwnerId;
simple_heap_update(rel, &tup->t_self, tup);
CatalogUpdateIndexes(rel, tup);
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
/* Update owner dependency reference, if it has one */
if (hasDependEntry)
changeDependencyOnOwner(TypeRelationId, typeOid, newOwnerId);
/* If it has an array type, update that too */
if (OidIsValid(typTup->typarray))
AlterTypeOwnerInternal(typTup->typarray, newOwnerId, false);
ALTER TABLE OWNER must change the ownership of the table's rowtype too. This was not especially critical before, but it is now that we track ownership dependencies --- the dependency for the rowtype *must* shift to the new owner. Spotted by Bernd Helmle. Also fix a problem introduced by recent change to allow non-superusers to do ALTER OWNER in some cases: if the table had a toast table, ALTER OWNER failed *even for superusers*, because the test being applied would conclude that the new would-be owner had no create rights on pg_toast. A side-effect of the fix is to disallow changing the ownership of indexes or toast tables separately from their parent table, which seems a good idea on the whole.
2005-08-04 03:09:29 +02:00
/* Clean up */
heap_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
}
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
/*
* Execute ALTER TYPE SET SCHEMA
*/
void
AlterTypeNamespace(List *names, const char *newschema)
{
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
TypeName *typename;
Oid typeOid;
Oid nspOid;
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
Improve parser so that we can show an error cursor position for errors during parse analysis, not only errors detected in the flex/bison stages. This is per my earlier proposal. This commit includes all the basic infrastructure, but locations are only tracked and reported for errors involving column references, function calls, and operators. More could be done later but this seems like a good set to start with. I've also moved the ReportSyntaxErrorPosition logic out of psql and into libpq, which should make it available to more people --- even within psql this is an improvement because warnings weren't handled by ReportSyntaxErrorPosition.
2006-03-14 23:48:25 +01:00
/* Make a TypeName so we can use standard type lookup machinery */
typename = makeTypeNameFromNameList(names);
Refactor typenameTypeId() Split the old typenameTypeId() into two functions: A new typenameTypeId() that returns only a type OID, and typenameTypeIdAndMod() that returns type OID and typmod. This isolates call sites better that actually care about the typmod.
2010-10-25 20:40:46 +02:00
typeOid = typenameTypeId(NULL, typename);
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
/* get schema OID and check its permissions */
nspOid = LookupCreationNamespace(newschema);
AlterTypeNamespace_oid(typeOid, nspOid);
}
Oid
AlterTypeNamespace_oid(Oid typeOid, Oid nspOid)
{
Oid elemOid;
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
/* check permissions on type */
if (!pg_type_ownercheck(typeOid, GetUserId()))
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_TYPE,
format_type_be(typeOid));
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
/* don't allow direct alteration of array types */
elemOid = get_element_type(typeOid);
if (OidIsValid(elemOid) && get_array_type(elemOid) == typeOid)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("cannot alter array type %s",
format_type_be(typeOid)),
errhint("You can alter type %s, which will alter the array type as well.",
format_type_be(elemOid))));
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
/* and do the work */
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
return AlterTypeNamespaceInternal(typeOid, nspOid, false, true);
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
}
/*
* Move specified type to new namespace.
*
* Caller must have already checked privileges.
*
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
* The function automatically recurses to process the type's array type,
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* if any. isImplicitArray should be TRUE only when doing this internal
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
* recursion (outside callers must never try to move an array type directly).
*
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
* If errorOnTableType is TRUE, the function errors out if the type is
* a table type. ALTER TABLE has to be used to move a table to a new
* namespace.
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
*
* Returns the type's old namespace OID.
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
*/
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
Oid
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
AlterTypeNamespaceInternal(Oid typeOid, Oid nspOid,
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
bool isImplicitArray,
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
bool errorOnTableType)
{
Relation rel;
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_type typform;
Oid oldNspOid;
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
Oid arrayOid;
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
bool isCompositeType;
rel = heap_open(TypeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(TYPEOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(typeOid));
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", typeOid);
typform = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
oldNspOid = typform->typnamespace;
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
arrayOid = typform->typarray;
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
Centralize some ALTER <whatever> .. SET SCHEMA checks. Any flavor of ALTER <whatever> .. SET SCHEMA fails if (1) the object is already in the new schema, (2) either the old or new schema is a temp schema, or (3) either the old or new schema is the TOAST schema. Extraced from a patch by Dimitri Fontaine, with additional hacking by me.
2010-11-23 01:46:15 +01:00
/* common checks on switching namespaces */
CheckSetNamespace(oldNspOid, nspOid, TypeRelationId, typeOid);
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
/* check for duplicate name (more friendly than unique-index failure) */
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
if (SearchSysCacheExists2(TYPENAMENSP,
CStringGetDatum(NameStr(typform->typname)),
ObjectIdGetDatum(nspOid)))
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
errmsg("type \"%s\" already exists in schema \"%s\"",
NameStr(typform->typname),
get_namespace_name(nspOid))));
/* Detect whether type is a composite type (but not a table rowtype) */
isCompositeType =
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
(typform->typtype == TYPTYPE_COMPOSITE &&
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
get_rel_relkind(typform->typrelid) == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE);
/* Enforce not-table-type if requested */
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
if (typform->typtype == TYPTYPE_COMPOSITE && !isCompositeType &&
errorOnTableType)
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("%s is a table's row type",
format_type_be(typeOid)),
Improve consistency of the error messages generated when you try to use ALTER TABLE on a composite type or ALTER TYPE on a table's rowtype. We already rejected these cases, but the error messages were a bit random and didn't always provide a HINT to use the other command type.
2007-09-29 19:18:58 +02:00
errhint("Use ALTER TABLE instead.")));
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
/* OK, modify the pg_type row */
/* tup is a copy, so we can scribble directly on it */
typform->typnamespace = nspOid;
simple_heap_update(rel, &tup->t_self, tup);
CatalogUpdateIndexes(rel, tup);
/*
* Composite types have pg_class entries.
*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* We need to modify the pg_class tuple as well to reflect the change of
* schema.
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
*/
if (isCompositeType)
{
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
Relation classRel;
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
classRel = heap_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(classRel, typform->typrelid,
oldNspOid, nspOid,
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
false);
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
heap_close(classRel, RowExclusiveLock);
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Check for constraints associated with the composite type (we don't
* currently support this, but probably will someday).
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
*/
AlterConstraintNamespaces(typform->typrelid, oldNspOid,
nspOid, false);
}
else
{
/* If it's a domain, it might have constraints */
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
if (typform->typtype == TYPTYPE_DOMAIN)
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
AlterConstraintNamespaces(typeOid, oldNspOid, nspOid, true);
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
}
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
/*
* Update dependency on schema, if any --- a table rowtype has not got
* one, and neither does an implicit array.
*/
if ((isCompositeType || typform->typtype != TYPTYPE_COMPOSITE) &&
!isImplicitArray)
if (changeDependencyFor(TypeRelationId, typeOid,
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
NamespaceRelationId, oldNspOid, nspOid) != 1)
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
elog(ERROR, "failed to change schema dependency for type %s",
format_type_be(typeOid));
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
heap_freetuple(tup);
heap_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
Support arrays of composite types, including the rowtypes of regular tables and views (but not system catalogs, nor sequences or toast tables). Get rid of the hardwired convention that a type's array type is named exactly "_type", instead using a new column pg_type.typarray to provide the linkage. (It still will be named "_type", though, except in odd corner cases such as maximum-length type names.) Along the way, make tracking of owner and schema dependencies for types more uniform: a type directly created by the user has these dependencies, while a table rowtype or auto-generated array type does not have them, but depends on its parent object instead. David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan, Tom Lane
2007-05-11 19:57:14 +02:00
/* Recursively alter the associated array type, if any */
if (OidIsValid(arrayOid))
AlterTypeNamespaceInternal(arrayOid, nspOid, true, true);
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
return oldNspOid;
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
}